Sharp UX-118 Service manual

UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SERVICE MANUAL
No. 00ZUX465L/SME
FACSIMILE
UX-465L
UX-465
MODEL UX-485
open
SELECTION CODE
UX-465L (Open LCR)
UX-465C
UX-485LU
LCR
www.OpenLCR.com
Illustration: UX-465L
DESTINATION
U.S.A.
Canada
L.A.G. (120V)
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[1] Specifications ............................................
[2] Operation panel.........................................
[3] Transmittable documents ..........................
[4] Installation .................................................
[5] Quick reference guide ...............................
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-9
CHAPTER 2. ADJUSTMENTS
[1] Adjustments ............................................... 2-1
[2] Diagnostics and service soft switch .......... 2-2
[3] Troubleshooting ...................................... 2-20
[4] Error code table....................................... 2-21
CHAPTER 3. MECHANISM BLOCKS
[1] General description .................................. 3-1
[2] Disassembly and assembly
procedures ....................................... 3-3
CHAPTER 4. DIAGRAMS
[1] Block diagram ............................................4-1
[2] Wiring diagram .......................................... 4-2
[3] Point-to-point diagram ............................... 4-3
CHAPTER 5. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
[1] Circuit description ...................................... 5-1
[2] Circuit description of control PWB ..............5-2
[3] Circuit description of TEL/LIU PWB .......... 5-8
[4] Circuit description of
power supply PWB ............................ 5-11
[5] Circuit description of CIS unit ................... 5-11
CHAPTER 6. CIRCUIT SCHEMATICS AND
PARTS LAYOUT
[1] Control PWB circuit ................................... 6-1
[2] TEL/LIU PWB circuit ................................. 6-9
[3] Power supply PWB circuit ...................... 6-14
[4] Operation panel PWB circuit ................... 6-16
CHAPTER 7. OPERATION FLOWCHART
[1] Protocol ..................................................... 7-1
[2] Power on sequence .................................. 7-2
CHAPTER 8. OTHERS
[1] Service tools .............................................. 8-1
[2] IC signal name .......................................... 8-4
[3] Changing the record paper size
(UX-465L/C only) ..............................8-6
PARTS GUIDE
Parts marked with " " are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with specified ones for
maintaining the safety and performance of the set.
SHARP CORPORATION
This document has been published to be used
for after sales service only.
The contents are subject to change without notice.
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
CAUTION FOR BATTERY REPLACEMENT
(Danish)
ADVARSEL !
Lithiumbatteri-Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering.
Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type.
Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandoren.
(English)
Caution !
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type
recommended by the equipment manufacturer.
Discard used batteries according to manufacturer’s
instructions.
(Finnish)
VAROITUS
Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu.
Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan
tyyppiin. Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden
mukaisesti.
(French)
ATTENTION
Il y a danger d’explosion s’ il y a remplacement incorrect
de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du
même type ou d’un type recommandé par le constructeur.
Mettre au rébut les batteries usagées conformément aux
instructions du fabricant.
(Swedish)
VARNING
Explosionsfare vid felaktigt batteribyte.
Använd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent
typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren.
Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantens
instruktion.
(German)
Achtung
Explosionsgefahr bei Verwendung inkorrekter Batterien.
Als Ersatzbatterien dürfen nur Batterien vom gleichen Typ oder
vom Hersteller empfohlene Batterien verwendet werden.
Entsorgung der gebrauchten Batterien nur nach den vom
Hersteller angegebenen Anweisungen.
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[1] Specifications
Automatic dialing:
(UX-465L)
Rapid Key Dialing: 4 numbers
Speed Dialing: 40 numbers
Scanning method:
(UX-465C/485LU)
Sheet-feeder CIS (Contact Image
Sensor)
Automatic dialing:
(UX-465C/485LU)
Rapid Key Dialing: 5 numbers
Speed Dialing: 40 numbers
Input document size:
Imaging film:
Initial starter roll (included with
machine): 32 ft. (10 m)(approx. 30
letter-size pages)
Automatic feeding:
Width  5.8 to 8.5"
(148 to 216 mm)
Length  5.5 to 11"
(140 to 279 mm)
Manual feeding:
Width  5.8 to 8.5"
(148 to 216 mm)
Length  5.5 to 23.6"
(140 to 600 mm)
Effective scanning width:
8.3" (210 mm) max.
Effective printing width:
8.3" (210 mm) max.
Contrast control:
Automatic/Dark selectable
Reception modes:
(UX-465L/C)
TEL/FAX/TAD
Reception modes:
(UX-485LU)
FAX, TEL, TEL/FAX, TAD
Copy function:
Single/Multi/Sort (99 copies/page)
Telephone function:
(UX-465L)
Yes
(cannot be used if power fails)
Telephone function:
(UX-465C/485LU)
Standard
(cannot be used if power fails)
Power requirements:
120 V AC, 60 Hz
Operating temperature:
41 to 95°F (5 to 35°C)
Humidity:
Maximum: 85 %
Power consumption:
Stand-by: 4.0 W
Replacement roll:
UX-3CR/NX-3CR 98 ft. (30 m) roll (two
rolls in package, one roll yields approx.
100 letter-size pages)
Memory size* :
512 KB (approx. 30 pages with no voice
messages recorded and ECM turned off,
or 24 minutes of voice messages
(including OGMs) with no documents in
memory)
Modem speed:
(UX-465L/C)
14400 bps with automatic fallback to
lower speed
Modem speed:
(UX-485LU)
14400 bps with automatic fallback to
9600, 7200, 4800, or 2400 bps
Transmission time* :
Approx. 6 seconds (only when ECM is on)
Resolution:
Horizontal:
203 pels/inch (8 dots/mm)
Vertical:
Standard: 98 lines/inch
(3.85 lines/mm)
Fine/Halftone: 196 lines/inch
(7.7 lines/mm)
Super fine: 391 lines/inch
(15.4 lines/mm)
Automatic document feeder: 10 pages max. (20 lb paper)
Recording system:
Thermal transfer recording
Halftone (grayscale):
64 levels
Display:
16-digit LCD display
Paper tray capacity:
(16-to 20-lb. paper)
Letter: 60 sheets
Legal: 30 sheets
Compression scheme:
MH, MR, MMR
Applicable telephone line:
Public switched telephone network
Compatibility:
ITU-T (CCITT) G3 mode
Maximum: 100 W
Dimensions:
Width: 13.5" (343 mm)
Depth: 10.1" (256 mm)
Height: 7.2" (182 mm)
Weight:
Approx. 7.7 lbs. (3.5 kg)
* Based on ITU-T (CCITT) Test Chart #1 at standard resolution in Sharp
special mode, excluding time for protocol signals (i.e., ITU-T phase
C time only).
As a part of our policy of continuous improvement, SHARP reserves the right to make design and specification changes for product
improvement without prior notice. The performance specifications figures indicated are nominal values of production units. There may be some
deviation from these values in individual units.
1–1
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[2] Operation panel
1 2 3 4
5
6 78
910
FACE DOWN
(MAX 10 SHEETS)
TEL FAX
TAD
ABC
1
GHI
2
JKL
4
PQRS
3
MNO
5
8
REPEAT
REDIAL
RECEPTION
MODE
VOLUME
DOWN
UP
RESOLUTION
FUNCTION
REC/MEMO PLAY/SKIP
DELETE
6
WXYZ
TUV
7
SPEED
DIAL
DEF
HOLD/
SEARCH
COPY/HELP
9
STOP
01
SPEAKER
02
03
04/POLL OpenLCR
0
OpenLCR
START/MEMORY
11 12 13 14
15
16 17 18 19 20
Illustration: UX-465L
1. SPEED DIAL key (UX-465L)
Press this key to dial a fax or voice number using an
abbreviated 2-digit Speed Dial number.
1. SPEED DIAL key (UX-465C/485LU)
Press this key to dial a 2-digit Speed Dial number.
2. REDIAL key
Press this key to automatically redial the last number dialed.
3. REPEAT key
Press this key to repeat playback of a message.
4. Display
This displays messages and prompts during operation and
programming.
5. PLAY/SKIP key
Press this key to play recorded message. During playback,
press it to skip forward to the next message.
6. RECEPTION MODE key
Press this key to select the reception mode. An arrow in the
display will point to the currently selected reception mode.
7. RESOLUTION key (UX-465L)
Press this key to adjust the resolution for faxing or copying.
7. RESOLUTION key (UX-465C/485LU)
Press this key to adjust the resolution and contrast before
sending or copying a document.
8. VOLUME keys (UX-465L)
Press these keys to adjust the volume of the speaker when
the SPEAKER key has been pressed, the volume of the
handset when the handset is lifted, or the volume of the ringer
at all other times.
8. VOLUME keys (UX-465C)
Press these keys to adjust the volume of the handset when
the handset is lifted, the volume of the speaker when the
SPEAKER key has been pressed, or the volume of the
ringer at all other times.
8. VOLUME keys (UX-485LU)
Press these keys to adjust the volume of the speaker when
the SPEAKER key has been pressed, or the volume of the
ringer at all other times.
9. FUNCTION key
Press this key to select various special functions.
10. Panel release
Grasp this finger hold and pull toward you to open the operation panel.
11. Number keys (UX-465L)
Use these keys to dial numbers, and enter numbers and letters when
storing auto-dial numbers.
11. Number keys (UX-465C/485LU)
Use these keys to dial numbers, and enter numbers and letters during
number/name storing procedures.
12. HOLD/SEARCH key (UX-465L)
When dialing, press this key to search for an auto-dial fax number.
During a phone conversation, press this key to put the other party
on hold.
12. HOLD/SEARCH key (UX-465C/485LU)
Press this key to search for an automatic dialing number, or, during a
phone conversation, press this key to put the other party on hold.
13. SPEAKER key
Press this key to listen the line and fax tones through the speaker
when faxing a document.
Note: This is not a speakerphone. You must pick up the handset
to talk with the other party.
14. REC/MEMO key
Press this key to record a phone conversation or a message.
15. Rapid Dial keys
Press one of these keys to dial a fax or voice number automatically.
(Note that you must attach the Rapid Key labels.)
16. Open LCR key (UX-465L ONLY)
Press this key to register for Open LCR service and receive carrier
rate data to your fax.
17. DELETE key
Press this key to erase recorded messages.
18. STOP key
Press this key to cancel operations before they are completed.
19. START/MEMORY key (UX-465L)
Press this key to begin transmission when using Speed Dialing,
Direct Keypad Dialing, or Normal Dialing.
19. START/MEMORY key (UX-465C/485LU)
Press this key to send or receive a document, or to scan a document
into memory before sending it.
20. COPY/HELP key
When a document is in the feeder, press this key to make a copy of a
document. At any other time, press this key to print out the Help List,
a quick reference guide to the opeation of your fax machine.
1–2
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[3] Transmittable documents
5. Automatic Document Feeder Capacity
1. Document Sizes
Number of pages that can be placed into the feeder at anytime is as
follows:
Normal size
width
5.8" - 8.5" (148 – 216 mm)
Normal size: max. ADF 10 sheets
length
5.5" - 11" (140 – 279 mm)
Special size: single sheet only (manual feed)
NOTES:
(Max.)
(Max.)
Letter
size
(Min.)
•
600mm
6. Readable Width & Length
216mm
[Normal size]
The readable width and length of a document are slightly smaller than
the actual document size.
216mm
[Special size]
Note that characters or graphics outside the effective document scanning range will not be read.
Use document carrier sheet for smaller documents.
*
When you need to send or copy more pages than the feeder
limit, place additional pages in feeder when last page in
feeder is being scanned.
Place additional pages carefully and gently in feeder.
If force is used, double-feeding or a document jam may
result.
279mm
140mm
148mm
•
•
With special sizes, only one sheet can be fed into the machine at a
time. Insert next page into feeder as current page is being scanned.
Readable width
8.3" (210mm), max.
2. Paper Thickness & Weight
4x6 series
(788mm x 1091mm x
1000 sheets)
Minimum
Feeder capacity
Paper weight
Maximum
Square
meter series
Minimum
Maximum
52g/m2
74.3g/m2
10 sheets, max.
45kg
64.3kg
Paper thickness (ref.) 0.06mm
0.09mm
0.06mm
0.09mm
Paper size
148mm x 140mm ~
A4 (210mm x 297mm), Letter (216mm x 279mm)
Readable width
3. Document Types
•
Normal paper
•
Documents handwritten in pencil (No. 2 lead or softer), fountain
pen, ball-point pen, or felt-tipped pen can be transmitted.
This is the length of the document sent minus 0.2" (5mm) from the top
and bottom edges.
Readable length
Documents of normal contrast duplicated by a copying machine
can also be transmitted.
•
Diazo copy (blue print)
•
Carbon copy
0.2"(5mm)
Diazo copy documents of a normal contrast may be transmitted.
Readable length
A carbon copy may be transmitted if its contrast is normal.
0.2"(5mm)
4. Cautions on Transmitting Documents
•
Documents written in yellow, greenish yellow, or light blue ink cannot
be transmitted.
•
Ink, glue, and correcting fluid on documents must be dry before
the documents can be transmitted.
•
All clips, staples and pins must be removed from documents before transmission.
•
Patched (taped) documents should be copied first on a copier and
then the copies used for transmission.
•
All documents should be fanned before insertion into the feeder to
prevent possible double feeds.
1–3
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
7. Use of Document Carrier Sheet
TELEPHONE JACK
A document carrier sheet must be used for the following documents.
• Those with tears.
A standard telephone jack must be located near the machine.
This is the telephone jack commonly used in most homes and offices.
•
Those smaller than size 5.8" (W) x 5.5" (L) (148mm (W) x 140mm
(L)).
•
Carbon-backed documents
•
Make print straight
across paper
E.G.
Place the document
carrier in the document
feeder with the clear film
side down
2. Loading the imaging film (UX-3CR/NX-3CR)
Your fax uses a roll of imaging film to create printed text and images.
The print head in the fax applies heat to the imaging film to transfer ink
to the paper. Follow the steps below to load or replace the film.
Direction of insertion
•
When using the document carrier, carefully read the instructions written on the back.
•
If the document carrier is dirty, clean it with a soft, moist
cloth, and then dry it before using for transmission.
•
Do not place more than one document in the carrier at a
time.
•
The initial starter roll of imaging film included with your fax can print
about 30 letter-size pages.
•
When replacing the film, use a roll of Sharp UX-3CR/NX-3CR imaging
film. One roll can print about 100 letter-size pages.
Note: If there is paper in the paper tray, pull the paper release plate
forward and remove the paper before loading the imaging film.
1 Open the operation panel by grasping the finger hold and pulling up.
NOTE: To transmit a carbon-backed document, insert a white sheet of
paper between the carbon back of the document and the document carrier.
• Those containing an easily separable writing substance (e.g., tracking paper written on with a soft, heavy lead pencil).
NOTES:
Plugging the fax machine into a jack which is not telephone jack may
result in damage to the machine or your telephone system. If you do
not know what kind of jack you have, or need to have one installed,
contact the telephone company.
2 Pull the green release on the right side of the machine forward, and
[4] Installation
open the print compartment cover.
1. Site selection
Take the following points into consideration when selecting a site for this
model.
ENVIRONMENT
•
•
The machine must be installed on a level surface.
•
Provide easy access to the front, back, and sides of the machine. In
particular, keep the area in front of the machine clear, or the original
document may jam as it comes out after scanning.
•
•
The temperature should be between 5° and 35°C.
Keep the machine away from air conditioners, heaters, direct sunlight, and dust.
The humidity should be between 30% and 85% (without condensation).
If you are installing the imaging film for the first
time, go to Step 6.
ELECTRICITY
AC 120V, 60Hz, grounded(3-prong) AC outlet is required.
3 Remove the imaging film cartridge from the print compartment (grasp
Caution!
•
Connection to a power source other than that specified will cause
damage to the equipment and is not covered under the warranty.
•
If your area experiences a high incidence of lightning or power surges,
we recommend that you install a surge protector for the power and
telephone lines. Surge protectors can be purchased at most telephone
speciality stores.
the handle at the front of the cartridge) and turn it over.
If the machine is moved from a cold to a warm place...
Condensation may form on the reading glass if machine is moved from
a cold to a warm place, this will prevent proper scanning of documents
for transmission. Turn on the power and wait approximately 2 hours before using machine.
1–4
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
4 Remove the used film from the cartridge.
9 Cut the band that holds the two spools together. Unroll the film slightly
and insert the small gears into their holders.
5 Remove the four green gears from the used film.
DO NOT DISCARD THE FOUR GREEN GEARS!
F Turn the cartridge over, grasp the handle, and insert the cartridge
into the print compartment.
6 Remove the new roll of imaging film from its packaging.
• Do not yet remove the band that holds the rolls together.
G Rotate the large gear toward you until the film is taut.
7 Insert the large gear into the green end of the empty spool. Make
sure the two protrusions on the large gear fit firmly into the slots in
the end of the spool.
Insert the remaining three gears into the spools, making sure the
protrusion on each gear fits firmly into one of the slots in the end of
each spool.
• If needed, pull the spools apart slightly to allow the gears to fit
(the band will stretch).
H Close the print compartment cover (press down on both sides to make
Protrusion
sure it clicks into place), and then close the operation panel.
Slot
Click!
I Load paper in the paper tray and then press the following keys to
Large gear
initialize the film.
8 Insert the large gear into the large holder on the imaging film cartridge
Note: Paper must be loaded before the film can be initialized. To load
paper, see the following section, Loading Printing Paper.
(make sure it clicks into place), and then insert the small gear on the
other end of the spool into its holder.
FUNCTION
Display shows:
6
INITIALIZE FILM
START/MEMORY
When to replace the imaging film
Replace the imaging film when the display shows:
FILM END
Use the following imaging film, which is available from your dealer
or retailer: Sharp UX-3CR/NX-3CR Imaging Film
1–5
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
3. Assembly and connections
(UX-465L ONLY)
1. Press these keys :
1 Plug the power cord into a 120V, 60Hz, grounded(3-prong) AC out•
4
The display will show:
DIAL MODE
let.
•
FUNCTION
Caution: Do not plug the power cord into any other kind of outlet.
This will damage the machine and is not covered under the
warranty.
TONE
2. Press 1 to select tone dialing, or 2
to select pulse dialing.
The machine does not have a power on/off switch, so the power
is turned on and off by simply plugging in or unplugging the power
cord.
1
3. Press the STOP key to return to the
date and time display.
(Press 8 times)
PULSE
or
2
STOP
4 Attach the paper tray extension.
Note: If your area experiences a high incidence of lightning or power
surges, we recommend that you install surge protectors for
the power and telephone lines. Surge protectors can be
purchased at most telephone speciality stores.
♦ Pull the paper release plate forward. Insert the paper tray extension horizontally into the notches in the paper tray. Rotate the paper tray extension up until it snaps into place.
2 Connect the handset as shown and place it on the handset rest.
♦ The ends of the handset cord are identical, so they will go into
either jack.
5 Attach the original document support.
Note: The original document support has a top side and a bottom
side. If you cannot insert the tabs on the support into the holes,
turn the support over.
Make sure the handset cord
goes into the jack marked
with a handset symbol on the
side of the machine!
Use the handset to make ordinary
phone calls, or to transmit and receive
documents manually.
3 Insert one end of the telephone line cord into the jack on the back of
the machine marked TEL.LINE. Insert the other end into a standard
(RJ11C) single-line wall telephone jack.
Be sure to insert the telephone line cord into the TEL.LINE jack.
Do not insert into the TEL.SET jack.
4. Loading printing paper
You can load letter or legal size paper in the paper tray. The maximum
number of sheets depends on the weight and size of the paper you are
loading.
♦ Paper from 16 to 20 Ibs. (60 to 75 g/m2):
Letter size: 60 sheets
Legal size: 30 sheets
TE
SEL. T
T
E
LI L.
NE
♦ Paper from 20 to 24 Ibs. (75 to 90 g/m2):
Letter size: 50 sheets
Legal size: 25 sheets
1 Fan the paper, and then tap the edge against a flat surface to even
the stack.
Note (UX-465L ONLY): The fax machine is set for tone dialing. If
you are on a pulse dial line, you must set the fax machine for pulse
dialing.
Press the keys on the operation panel as follows.
1–6
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
2 Pull the paper release plate toward you.
5 The fax has been set at the factory to scale the size of received faxes
to letter size paper. If you have loaded legal paper, you must change
the paper size setting to legal. Press these keys:
FUNCTION
(UX-465L/C)
The display will show: PAPER SIZE SET
6
LETTER
Press 1 to select LETTER, 2 to select LEAGAL.
1
LEAGAL
2
or
The display will show: COPY CUT-OFF
STOP
Press the STOP key to return to the date and time display.
FUNCION
(UX-485LU)
The display will show: PAPER SIZE SET
6
Press 1 to select LETTER, 2 to select LEAGAL,
or 3 select A4.
3 Insert the stack of paper into the tray, print side down.
LETTER
1
LEAGAL
2
or
or
A4
3
The display will show: COPY CUT-OFF
• If paper remains in the tray, take it out and combine it into a single
stack with the new paper before adding the new paper.
PARE
Press the STOP key to return to the date and time display.
Be sure to load the paper so that printing takes place on the print
side of the paper. Printing on the reverse side may result in poor print
quality.
6 Your fax has been set at the factory to print at normal contrast.
Depending on the type of paper you have loaded, you may find that
you obtain better print quality by changing the setting to LIGHT.
Press these keys:
FUNCTION
6
The display will show: PRINT CONTRAST
Press 1 to select NORMAL or 2 to select LIGHT.
NORMAL
1
The display will show: PAPER SIZE SET
LIGHT
or
2
STOP
Press the STOP key to return to the date and time display.
5. Clearing a jammed document
If the original document doesn’t feed properly during transmission or
copying, or DOCUMENT JAMMED appears in the display, first try pressing the START/MEMORY key. If the document doesn’t feed out, open
the operation panel and remove it.
4 Push the paper release plate back down.
• If the paper release plate is not pushed down, paper feed errors will
result.
Important:
Do not try to remove a document without opening the operation panel.
This may damage the feeder mechanism.
Note: When receiving faxes or copying documents, do not allow a
large number of pages to accumulate in the output tray. This may
obstruct the outlet and cause paper jams.
1 Open the operation panel by grasping the finger hold and pulling up.
Note: If the display shows the following alternating messages when
making a copy or receiving a fax, check the paper tray. If the tray is
empty, add paper and then press the START/MEMORY key. If there
is paper, make sure it is inserted correctly and then press the START/
MEMORY key.
SET PAPER &
↑
↑
PRESS START KEY
1–7
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
2 Remove the document.
3 Gently pull the jammed paper out of the machine, making sure no
3 Close the operation panel, making sure it clicks into place.
4 Close the print compartment cover (press down on both sides to make
torn pieces of paper remain in the print compartment or rollers.
sure it clicks into place), and then close the operation panel.
Click!
5 Pull the paper release plate toward you, reinsert the paper in the
paper tray and push the paper release plate back down.
6. Clearing jammed printing paper
1 Pull the paper release plate forward and remove the paper.
If SET PAPER & PRESS START KEY appears in the display, make sure
the paper is inserted correctly and then press the START/MEMORY
key.
2 Open the operation panel (grasp the finger hold and pull up), and
then pull the release on the right side of the machine forward to open
the print compartment cover.
1–8
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SENDING FAXES
[5] Quick reference guide (UX-465L)
ENTERING YOUR NAME AND NUMBER
FUNCTION
1. Press:
3
Display shows: OWN NUMBER SET
Place your document (up to 10 pages)
face down in the document feeder.
2. Press:
START/MEMORY
3. Enter your fax number (max. of 20 digits) by pressing the number keys.
♦ To insert a space between digits, press the # key.
♦ If you make a mistake, press the SPEED DIAL key to backspace and clear the
mistake.
4. Press:
START/MEMORY
5. Enter your name by pressing the appropriate number keys as shown below.
♦ To enter two letters in succession that require the same key, press the SPEAKER
key after entering the first letter.
Normal Dialing
SPEAKER
1. Lift the handset or press:
2. Dial the fax number.
SPACE =
J=
T=
A=
K=
U=
B=
L=
V=
C=
D=
E=
F=
G=
4. Press:
START/MEMORY
M=
W=
Rapid Key Dialing
Press the appropriate Rapid Key. Transmission will begin automatically.
N=
X=
Speed Dialing
O=
Y=
1. Press: SPEED
DIAL
P=
Z=
2. Enter 2-digit Speed Dial number.
Q=
H=
SPEAKER
move
R=
I=
•
3. Wait for the reception tone (if a person answers, ask them to press their Start
key).
3. Press:
=
START/MEMORY
HOLD/
SEARCH
S=
move
RECEIVING FAXES
=
Press the RECEPTION MODE key until the arrow in the display points to the
desired reception mode.
To change case, press the REDIAL key.
Press # or to scroll through symbols and special characters.
TEL
STOP
RECEPTION
MODE
6. When finished, press:
FAX
FEB 1 10:30
TAD
START/MEMORY
TEL
FAX
FEB 1 10:30
SETTING THE DATE AND TIME
TEL
FUNCTION
1. Press:
3
TAD
FAX
FEB 1 10:30
Display shows: DATE & TIME SET
TAD
FAX mode: The fax automatically answers on four rings and receives the incoming document.
2. Press:
START/MEMORY
3. Enter two digits for the month (01 to 12).
TEL mode:
4. Enter two digits for the day (01 to 31).
5. Enter four digits for the year (Ex: 2001).
Fax
tone
6. Enter two digits for the hour (01 to 12)
and two digits for the minute (00 to 59).
7. Press
for A.M. or # for P.M.
START/MEMORY
RECEIVING
STOP
8. When finished, press:
START/MEMORY
TAD mode: Select this mode when you go out to receive both voice messages
and faxes.
STORING AND CLEARING AUTO DIAL NUMBERS
FUNCTION
1. Press:
RECORDING AN OUTGOING MESSAGE
3
Display shows: FAX/TEL # MODE
1. Press:
2. Press 1 to store a number or 2 to clear a number.
0
Display shows: OGM RECORDING
3. Enter a 2-digit Speed Dial number (from 01 to 04 for Rapid Key Dialing, or 05
to 44 for Speed Dialing). (If you are clearing a number, go to Step 7.)
2. Press:
START/MEMORY
4. Enter the full fax/telephone number.
3. Press 1 (GENERAL) to record an outgoing message for the answering machine. Press 2 (TRANSFER) to record an outgoing message for the Transfer
function.
5. Press:
START/MEMORY
6. Enter the name of the location by pressing number keys (Refer to the letter
entry table in ENTERING YOUR NAME AND NUMBER.)
4. Pick up the handset, press the START/MEMORY key, and speak into the handset to record your message.
STOP
7. Press:
FUNCTION
5. When finished, press the STOP key or replace the handset.
STOP
START/MEMORY
6. Press:
1–9
STOP
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[5] Quick reference guide (UX-465C/485LU)
Press the START/MEMORY key:
START/MEMORY
INSTALLATION
Enter two digits for the Month (01 through 12).
1
2
Enter two digits for the Day (01 through 31).
Enter four digits for the Year (Ex: 2001).
Enter two digits for the Hour (01 through 12).
TEL.
SET
Enter two digits for the Minute (00 through 59).
TEL.
LIN
E
key for A.M. or the # key for P.M.
Press the
3
STOP
When finished, press:
START/MEMORY
1. Connect the handset as shown.
STORING AND CLEARING NUMBERS FOR AUTO DIALING
2. Plug the power cord into a grounded, 120 V outlet.
Note: Imaging film and paper must be loaded to perform the following operation.
3. Plug one end of the telephone line into the "TEL. LINE" jack on the rear of the
fax, and the other end into your telephone wall jack.
FUNCTION
1. Press:
RECORDING AN OUTGOING MESSAGE
1. Press:
3
Display shows: FAX/TEL # MODE
FUNCTION
2. Press 1 to store a number or 2 to clear a number.
0
3. Enter a 2-digit Speed Dial number (from 01 to 05 for Rapid Key Dialing, or 06
to 45 for Speed Dialing). (If you are clearing a number, go to Step 7.)
Display shows: OGM RECORDING
4. Enter the full telephone/fax number.
2. Press:
START/MEMORY
5. Press:
3. Press 1 (GENERAL) to record an outgoing message for the answering machine. Press 2 (TRANSFER) to record an outgoing message for the Transfer
function.
START/MEMORY
6. Enter the name of the location by pressing number keys (max. of 20 characters). (Refer to the letter entry table in ENTERING YOUR NAME AND NUMBER.)
4. Pick up the handset, press the START/MEMORY key, and speak into the handset to record your message.
STOP
7. Press:
5. When finished, replace the handset.
STOP
START/MEMORY
STOP
6. Press:
SENDING DOCUMENTS
ENTERING YOUR NAME AND NUMBER
Place your document (up to 10 pages)
face down in the document feeder.
Note: Imaging film and paper must be loaded to perform the following operation.
FUNCTION
1. Press:
3
Display shows: OWN NUMBER SET
2. Press:
SPEAKER
Normal Dialing
1. Lift the handset or press
START/MEMORY
3. Enter your fax number (max. of 20 digits) by pressing the number keys.
♦ If you make a mistake, press the HOLD/SEARCH key to move the cursor
back to the mistake, then enter the correct number or letter.
2. Dial the fax number.
3. Wait for the reception tone (if a person answers, ask them to press their Start
key).
4. Press:
4. Press:
START/MEMORY
5. Enter your name by pressing the appropriate number keys as shown below.
♦ To enter two letters in succession that require the same key, press the SPEAKER
key after entering the first letter.
SPACE =
J=
T=
A=
K=
U=
B=
L=
V=
M=
W=
C=
D=
E=
F=
G=
N=
X=
O=
Y=
P=
Z=
Speed Dialing
1. Press:
3. Press:
START/MEMORY
RECEIVING DOCUMENTS
SPEAKER
move
R=
I=
=
(UX-465C)
HOLD/
SEARCH
S=
move
SPEED
DIAL
2. Enter 2-digit Speed Dial number.
Q=
H=
START/MEMORY
Rapid Key Dialing
Press the appropriate Rapid Key. Transmission will begin automatically.
Press:
=
RECEPTION
MODE
TEL
GHI
2
JKL
4
PQRS
5
TUV
7
8
DEF
SPEED
DIAL
3
MNO
REDIAL
6
WXYZ
HOLD/
SEARCH
9
SPEAKER
0
FAX
TAD
TEL
FAX
FAX
TEL
FAX
TEL/FAX TAD
TEL
FAX
FEB 1 10:30
FEB 1 10:30
Upper/lower
case shift key
TEL
TEL/FAX TAD
FEB 1 10:30
FEB 1 10:30
Deletes highlighted letter
(UX-485L)
FEB 1 10:30
TAD
TEL
ABC
1
FAX
FEB 1 10:30
TAD
TEL/FAX TAD
TEL
FAX
FEB 1 10:30
Moves cursor
to the left
TEL/FAX TAD
FAX mode: The fax automatically answers on four rings and receives the incoming
document.
Moves cursor
to the right
TEL mode:
Fax
tone
Press either key one or more times to select
and enter a symbol.
START/MEMORY
STOP
RECEIVING
6. When finished, press:
START/MEMORY
SETTING THE DATE AND TIME
TEL/FAX mode (UX-485LU only):
The fax machine automatically answers on 4 rings and receives faxes. Voice calls
(including manually dialed fax transmissions) are signaled by a special ringing
sound.
Note: Imaging film and paper must be loaded to perform the following operation.
FUNCTION (UX-465C)
Press:
3
FUNCTION (UX-485LU)
TAD mode (UX-485LU): Select this mode when you go out to receive both voice
messages and faxes.
3
Display shows: DATE & TIME SET
TAD mode (UX-465C): Select this mode when an answering machine is connected
to the fax and the answering machine is turned on.
1 – 10
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
CHAPTER 2. ADJUSTMENTS
3. Settings
[1] Adjustments
DIAL mode (Soft Switch No. SWB4 DATA No. 3)
(1) Dial mode selector
(step 1) Select "OPTION SETTING".
General
KEY :
FUNCTION
Since the following adjustments and settings are provided for this model,
make adjustments and/or setup as necessary.
DISPLAY:
OPTION SETTING
4
PRESS
OR #
(step 2) Select "DIAL MODE".
1. Adjustments
KEY:
Push # until " DIAL MODE " is
indicated because the number of
# s changes by the model.
Adjustments of output voltage (FACTORY ONLY)
1. Install the power supply unit in the machine.
2. Set the recording paper and document.
DISPLAY:
3. When the document is loaded, power is supplied to the output lines.
Confirm that outputs are within the limits below.
1=TONE, 2=PULSE
DIAL MODE
(step 3) Select, using "1" or "2".
Output voltage settings
POWER
SUPPLY
PWB
TEL/LIU PWB
Cursor
When initially registering,
the mode shows 1=TONE.
When registering again, the
mode which was registered
formerly is shown.
KEY:
1
DISPLAY:
TONE SELECTED
KEY:
2
DISPLAY:
PULSE SELECTED
(step 4) End, using the "STOP" key.
CNLIUA
CN1
CNLIUA
CNPW
KEY:
STOP
4. Volume adjustment
CONTROL
PWB
You can adjust the volume of the speaker and ringer using the UP and
DOWN keys.
CNPN
CNTH
CNMT
(1) Speaker
1Press the SPEAKER key.
2Press the UP or DOWN key.
CNCIS
CNCSW
CNSP
Display:
Output
+5V
+24V
Voltage limits
4.75V ∼ 5.25V
23.3V ∼ 24.7V
Connector
No.
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SPEAKER: [
SPEAKER: [
SPEAKER: [
SPEAKER: [
SPEAKER: [
CNPW
MG
MG
+24V
+24V
+24V
DG
+5V
DG
]
]
]
]
]
3When the display shows the desired volume level, press the SPEAKER
key to turn off the speaker.
(2) Handset (UX-465L/C only)
1Lift the handset.
2Press the UP or DOWN key.
Display:
RECEIVER: HIGH
↔
2. IC protectors replacement
ICPs (IC Protectors) are installed to protect the motor driver circuit.
ICPs protect various ICs and electronic circuits from an overcurrent condition.
↔
RECEIVER: MIDDLE
RECEIVER: LOW
3When the display shows the desired volume level, replace the hand-
The location of ICPs are shown below:
set.
(3) Ringer
CNLIUA
CNPW
been pressed and the handset is not lifted.)
Display:
FU100
RINGER: HIGH
↔
CONTROL PWB
(BOTTOM SIDE)
1Press the UP or DOWN key. (Make sure the SPEAKER key has not
↔
RINGER: MIDDLE
The ringer will ring once
at the selected level, then
the date and time will reappear in the display.
RINGER: LOW
↔
(1) FU100 (KAB2402) is installed in order to protect IC’s from an overcurrent generated in the motor drive circuit. If FU100 is open, replace
it with a new one.
RINGER OFF: OK?
2If you selected RINGER OFF: OK?, press the START/MEMORY key.
2–1
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[2] Diagnostics and service soft switch
1. Operating procedure
(1) Entering the diagnostic mode
Press FUNC → 9 →
ROM Ver. FQM0
→ 8 → # → 7 , and the following display will appear.
(FQN0 , FQP0 ) After 2 sec: DIAG MODE
FQM0 (UX-465L)
FQN0 (UX-465C)
FQP0 (UX-485LU)
Then press the START key. Select the desired item with the
key or the # key or select with the rapid key. Enter the mode with the START key.
(Diag•specifications)
FUNC
9
8
FQM0
FQN0
FQP0
7
DIAG MODE
START
Soft switch mode
START
1
—
START Flash memory clear
ROM & RAM check
START
2
—
Aging mode
START
3
—
START Flash memory check
Message print
START
(UX-485LU only)
Panel key test
START
4
—
START
Entry data receive
Check pattern
START
5
—
START
Entry data send
Signal send mode
START
—
—
START
Auto feeder mode
Memory clear
START
—
—
START
All black print
—
START
Shading mode
If the diag mode cannot be set, repeat the diag mode operation, performing the following operation.
After the power is turned on and "WAIT A MOMENT" is indicated, press
the STOP key.
STOP
KEY
START
KEY
"Power ON" +
In relation with the process response (request from Production
Engineering) "WAIT A MOMENT" clock indication may appear depending
on STOP key timing. If the STOP key is held down, "MEMORY CLEAR?"
appears.
Memory clear
(Work + Backup)
2. Diagnostic items
ITEM
DIRECT
No.
key
1
1
SOFT SWITCH MODE
Soft switches are displayed and changed. List can be output.
2
2
ROM & RAM CHECK
ROM is sum-checked, and RAM is matched. Result list is output.
3
3
AGING MODE
10 sheets of check patterns are output every 5 minutes per sheet.
4
4
PANEL KEY TEST
Panel keys are tested. Result list is output.
Contents
Function
5
5
CHECK PATTERN
Check pattern is output.
6
—
SIGNAL SEND MODE
Various signals of FAX communication are output.
7
—
MEMORY CLEAR
Back-up memory is cleared, and is set at delivery.
8
—
SHADING MODE
Shading compensation is performed in this mode.
9
—
ALL BLACK PRINT
To check the print head, whole dots are printed over the interval of 2 m.
10
—
AUTO FEEDER MODE
Insertion and discharge of document are tested.
11
—
ENTRY DATA SEND
Registered content is sent.
12
—
ENTRY DATA RECEIVE
Registered content is received, and its list is output.
13
—
MESSAGE PRINT
The display message of each language is printed out together with the English equivalent. (UX-485LU only)
14
—
FLASH MEMORY CHECK
Checks flash memory write/read.
15
—
FLASH MEMORY CLEAR
Checks flash memory clearing.
2–2
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
3. Diagnostic items description
3. 1. Soft switch mode
3. 6. Signal send mode
This mode is used to send various signals to the circuit during FAX communication. Every push of START key sends a signal in the following
sequence. Moreover, the signal sound is also output to the speaker when
the line monitor of the soft switch is on.
Used to change the soft switch settings.
The soft switch which is stored internally is set by using the keys.
The available soft switches are SW-A1 to SW-N3.
[1] No signals
The content of soft switches is shown in page 2-5 to 2-19.
[2] 14400BPS (V.33)
The contents are set to factory default settings.
[3] 12000BPS (V.33)
[4] 14400BPS (V.17)
3. 2. ROM & RAM check
[5] 12000BPS (V.17)
ROM executes the sum check, and RAM executes the matching test.
The result will be notified with the number of short sounds of the buzzer
as well as by printing the ROM & RAM check list.
Number of short sounds of buzzer 0 → No error
[6] 9600BPS (V.17)
[7] 7200BPS (V.17)
[8] 9600BPS (V.29)
1 → ROM error
[9] 7200BPS (V.29)
2 → RAM error (32Kbyte)
[10] 4800BPS (V27ter)
3. 3. Aging mode
[11] 2400BPS (V27ter)
If any document is first present, copying will be executed sheet by sheet.
If no document is present, the check pattern will be printed sheet by
sheet. This operation will be executed at a rate of one sheet per 5minutes, and will be ended at a total of 10 sheets.
[12] 300BPS (FLAG)
[13] 2100Hz (CED)
[14] 1100Hz (CNG)
[15] PSEUDO RINGER (UX-485LU only)
3. 4. Panel key test
This mode is used to check whether each key operates properly or not.
Press the key on the operation panel, and the key will be displayed on
the display. Therefore, press all keys. At this time, finally press the STOP
key.
3. 7. Memory clear
When the STOP key is pressed, the keys which are not judged as
"pressed" will be printed on the result list.
3. 8. Shading mode
This mode is used to clear the backup memory and reset to the default
settings.
The mode is used for the shooting compensation. For reading, set up
the special original paper.
The shooting compensation memorizes the reference data of white and
black for reading.
Moreover, the memorized data is not erased even if memory clear mode
is executed.
• LED part of the contact image sensor (CIS) is kept on during the term
from when "START" of the panel test mode to end with the STOP key.
3. 5. Check pattern
This mode is used to check the state of the printing head. It is ended
with the following pattern printed on one printing sheet.
1 Longitudinal stripe 2 Approx. 30 mm
3. 9. All black print
This mode is used to check the state of the printing head and intentionally overheat it. Whole dots are printed over the interval of 2 m. If it is
overheated or the printing sheet is jammed, press STOP key for the end.
2 black dots and 2 white dots are repeatedly progressed on one
line.
2 Full black
Approx. 30 mm
3. 10. Auto feeder mode
1
In this mode, a document is inserted and discharged to check the auto
feed function.
After this mode is started, set a document, and the document feed will
be automatically tested.
2
3. 11. Entry data send
This mode is used to send the registered data to the other machine and
make the other machine copy the registered content.
Before sending in this mode, it is necessary to set the other machine at
the entry data receive mode.
The following, information will be sent to the remote machine:
1. Telephone list data
2. Sender register data
3. Optional setting content
4. Soft switch content
5. Junk fax number list
6. Timer reservation data (only on the model which timer reservation is possible)
7. Recording setting list data
2–3
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
3. 12. Entry data receive
3. 13. Message print (UX-485LU only)
In this mode, the registered data sent from the other machine is received and the received data is registered in the machine. When this mode
is used for receiving, the other machine must be in the entry data send
mode.
In this mode, all the message data, which are used for displaying indication and list print, are printed as a contrast table of the selected language and English.
After receiving is completed, the following lists are printed.
3. 14. Flash memory check
1. Telephone list data
Data is written into and read from the flash memory to check the data
conformity. When the unit enters this mode, the check is started.
2. Sender register data (The passcode No. is also printed if the polling
function is provided.)
3. Optional setting list
3. 15. Flash memory clear
4. Soft switch content
Data in the flash memory is cleared (memory clear). When the unit
enters this mode, the check is started.
*Operation of hardware and signal in the flash memory check mode and
flash memory clear mode, and the result of check.
The result is announced by the buzzer beeps. The result of check is
printed.
Beeps
0 → No error
1 → Memory error
5. Junk fax number list
6. Timer reservation list (only model which timer communication is
possible)
7. Recording setting list data
4. How to make soft switch setting
To enter the soft switch mode, press the following key entries in sequence.
Press FUNCTION
DATA No.
9
8
7
START
START
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
S F T SW-A1 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Press FUNCTION key.
S F T SW-A1 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Press
key.
Press
key.
S F T SW-A1 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
S F T SW-A1 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit1 - 8 are set.
S F T SW-A1 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Press START key during setting.
S F T SW-A2 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Soft SW-A2 - SW-N3 are set.
S F T SW-N3 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
To finish the settings halfway between
SW-A1 and SW-N3, press the STOP
key. In this case, the setting being done
to the SW No. on display will be nullified
while settings done to the preceding
SW No. remain in effect.
When the COPY key is pressed, the
contents of soft switches are printed.
The soft switch mode is terminated.
2–4
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
5. Soft switch description
• Soft switch
SW
NO.
SW
l
A1
DATA
NO.
Switch setting and function
ITEM
1
Initial
setting
0
1
Protect from echo
No
Yes
2
Forced 4800 BPS reception
Yes
No
0
3
Footer print
Yes
No
0
4
Length limitation of copy/send/receive
No limit
Copy/send: 60cm
0
Remarks
0
Receive: 1m
5
CSI transmission
No transmitted
Transmitted
0
6
DIS receive acknowledgement during G3
transmission
Twice
NSF: Once
DIS: Twice
0
7
Non-modulated carrier for V29 transmission
mode
Yes
No
0
EOL detect timer
25 s
8
Modem speed
13 s
V.33
0
V.17
V.29
V.27 ter
14400 12000 14400 12000 9600 7200 9600 7200 4800 2400
SW
l
A2
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
2
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
4
5
Sender’s information transmit
6
Reserved
7
Communication error treatment in RTN
No
Yes
0
0
0
No communication error
Communication error
0
sending mode (reception)
8
SW
l
A3
CNG transmission
CED tone signal interval
No
500ms
75ms
0
No. 1
1
1
0
0
0
2
No. 2
1
0
1
0
0
3
MR coding
No
Yes
0
4
ECM mode
No
Yes
0
5
ECM MMR mode
No
Yes
0
6
Reserved
0
7
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
0
1
Signal transmission level
No. =
Binary input
0
16 8 4 2 1
1
3
4
1
0
2 3 4 5
1 0 1 0
0
6
Protocol monitor (error print)
Printed at com. error
Not printed
0
7
Protocol monitor
Yes
No
0
8
Line monitor
Yes
No
0
7.2km
3.6km
1.8km
0km
1
No. 1
1
1
0
0
0
2
No. 2
1
0
1
0
1
7.2km
3.6km
1.8km
0km
Digital line equalization setting
3
(Transmission)
4
No. 3
1
1
0
0
0
No. 4
1
0
1
0
1
Digital cable equalizer setting (Reception
5
OPTION
0
1
5
Digital line equalization setting (Reception)
SW
l
A5
Yes
750ms
1
2
SW
l
A4
1000ms
7.2km
for Caller ID)
6
0km
No. 5
1
0
0
No. 6
1
0
0
7
Error criterion
10 ~ 20 %
5 ~ 10 %
0
8
Anti junk fax check
Yes
No
0
2–5
OPTION
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SW
NO.
SW
l
A6
DATA
NO.
Switch setting and function
ITEM
1
Auto gain control (MODEM)
2
3
1
Initial
setting
0
Enable
Disable
1
End Buzzer
Yes
No
1
Disconnect the line when DIS is received in
RX mode
No
Yes
1
4
5
Equalizer freeze control (MODEM)
Equalizer freeze control 7200 BPS only
On
No
Off
Yes
0
0
6
7
CNG transmission in manual TX mode
Reserved
Yes
No
1
0
8
Modem speed automatic fallback when RX
Yes
No
0
Remarks
level is under -40dBm
1
Recall interval
2
3
SW
l
B1
No. =
4
5
Recall times
0
8 4
1 2
2
3
1
4
1
0
0 1
0
1
1
Binary input
0
8
4
2
1
0
7
5
6
7
8
1
8
0
0
1
0
6
No. =
Dial pausing (sec/pause)
4 sec
2 sec
0
2
Dial tone detection (before auto dial)
No
Yes
1
3
Reserved
4
Busy tone detection (after auto dial)
No
Yes
L/C: 0
LU: 1
Waiting time after dialing
45 seconds 55 seconds 90 seconds 140 seconds
0
0
1
1
5
No.5
6
7
No.6
Reserved
0
0
8
Reserved
0
1
Reserved
0
2
Reserved
0
3
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
0
5
Reserved
0
6
connect
0
Auto dial mode delay timer of before line
8
0 second
Hold key
1
connect
2
3
Dial mode
4
Pulse → Tone change function by
5
Dial pulse make/break ratio (%)
6
Reserved
7
Reserved
8
Recalling fixed only one time when dialing was
key
0
1
1
0
No.7
0
1
0
1
0
Disable
1
1.7 seconds 3.0 seconds 3.6 seconds 4.0 seconds
No.1
0
0
1
1
0
No.2
Tone
0
1
Pulse
0
1
0
1
Enable
Disable
40/60
33/67
1
1
0
0
Yes
No
L/C: 1
LU: 0
DTMF signal transmission level (Low)
2
3
0
1.5 seconds 3.0 seconds 4.5 seconds
unsuccessful without detecting busy tone signal
1
1
0
Enable
1
0
No.6
Auto dial mode delay timer of after line
SW
l
B5
OPTION
0
7
SW
l
B4
OPTION
0
1
SW
l
B2
SW
l
B3
Binary input
No. =
Binary input
0
16 8 4 2 1
1 2 3 4 5
1
0
4
0
5
1 0 1 1
1
1
6
Reserved
0
7
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
0
2–6
OPTION
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SW
NO.
DATA
NO.
1
Switch setting and function
ITEM
1
DTMF signal transmission level (High)
2
SW
l
B6
No. =
Binary input
0
16 8 4 2 1
0
1 2 3 4 5
0 0 1 1 1
1
1
3
4
5
6
Dial tone detection (LCR center call) (UX-465L only)
7
8
Reserved
Reserved
No
Yes
0
0
0
Factory
Light
Dark
setting
0
1
0
1
0
2
No. 2
0
Factory
0
Light
1
Dark
1
Darker in
0
setting
3
dark
No. 3
0
1
0
1
0
No. 4
0
0
1
1
0
5
6
Line density selection
Reserved
Fine
Standard
0
0
7
8
MTF correction in half tone mode
Reserved
No
Yes
0
0
1
Number of rings for auto receive
2
No. =
Binary input
0
8
4
2
1
1
3
1
2
3
4
0
4
0
1
0
0
5
Automatic switching manual to auto receive
mode
6
Reserved
Reception after 5 rings
7
No.7
8
No.8
As PTT
0
0
No. 1
Distinctive ringing setting
0
11.5Hz
0
13.0Hz
1
1
0
20.0Hz
1
No. 2
1
No. 3
0
OPTION
0
0
0
(UX-465L/C only)
STANDARD
0
0
1
PATTERN1
0
1
0
PATTERN2
0
1
1
1
PATTERN3
1
0
0
0
2
PATTERN4
1
0
1
0
3
PATTERN5
1
1
0
5
6
Caller ID function
Caller ID detect during CI off
7
8
Reserved
Reserved
1
Cl off detection timer (0-1550ms setting by
2
50ms step)
OPTION
(LU only)
0
OFF
Reserved
OPTION
0
No reception
(PATTERN 4 and 5 are for CANADA only)
4
OPTION
0
Cl detect frequency
SW
l
D3
dark
No. 1
4
SW
l
D2
Darker in
1
Reading slice (Half tone)
SW
l
D1
Remarks
1
Reading slice (Binary)
SW
l
C1
Initial
setting
0
0
0
Yes
All times
No
Only first
0
0
0
0
Binary input
No. =
0
16 8 4 2 1
1
3
1 2 3 4 5
1
4
5
0 1 1 1 0
1
0
6
7
Reserved
Reserved
0
0
8
Reserved
0
2–7
OPTION
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SW
NO.
SW
l
E1
SW
l
E2
SW
l
E3
Switch setting and function
DATA
NO.
ITEM
1
Tel/Fax Automatic switching mode (UX-485LU only)
2
Pseudo ringing time at phone/fax automatic
switching mode (UX-485LU only)
3
4
Number of CNG signal detection at the tel/
1
Tel/Fax auto switch
No. 3
Twice
30sec
1
120sec
1
0
1
OPTION
0
0
1
fax automatic switching mode (UX-485LU only)
CNG detection when TEL/FAX mode (UX-485LU only) 3sec
6
Reserved
0
7
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
1
2
Pseudo ringer sound volume (UX-485LU only)
5sec
0
0
No. =
3
4
Binary input
8 4 2 1
1
0
1
1
1
0
2
0
3
1
4
0
5
Reserved
0
6
Reserved
0
7
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
0
1
Reserved
0
2
Reserved
0
3
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
0
5
Reserved
0
6
Reserved
0
7
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
0
2
3
Protection of remote reception (5
4
Remote reception with GE telephone
5
Remote operation code figure by external
6
TEL (0~9)
No. 1
50ms
0
No. 2
0
80ms
0
1
No
) detect Yes
Compatible
100ms
1
120ms
1
0
1
Not compatible
0
0
0
Binary input
0
4
2
1
1
7
5
6
7
8
0
8
0
1
0
1
CNG detection in STAND-BY mode
Number of CNG detect (AM mode)
No. =
Yes
1pulse
1
3pulses
4pulses
No. 2
0
0
1
1
0
3
No. 3
0
1
0
1
1
1pulse
2pulses
3pulses
4pulses
4
No. 4
0
0
1
1
0
5
No. 5
0
1
0
1
1
6
Reserved
0
7
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
0
1
Reserved
0
2
Reserved
0
3
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
0
5
Reserved
0
6
Reserved
0
7
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
0
2–8
OPTION
1
No
2pulses
2
Number of CNG detect (STAND-BY mode)
OPTION
1
8
1
SW
l
G1
1
Once
Remarks
1
5
1
SW
l
F2
60sec
0
0
DTMF detection time
SW
l
F1
Switch to Fax
15sec
0
No. 2
Initial
setting
0
OPTION
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SW
NO.
SW
l
G2
SW
l
G3
DATA
NO.
Switch setting and function
ITEM
1
1
2
Reserved
Reserved
0
0
3
4
Reserved
Reserved
0
0
5
Reserved
0
6
Reserved
0
7
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
0
1
Reserved
0
2
Reserved
0
3
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
0
5
Reserved
0
6
Reserved
0
7
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
1
150ms
duration)
2
200ms
250ms
350ms
No. 1
0
0
1
1
0
No. 2
0
1
0
1
1
650ms
900ms
1500ms
2700ms
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
Busy tone detection ON/OFF time (Upper
3
4
duration)
5
Busy tone detect continuation sound detect
during OGM
No
Yes
0
Busy tone detect continuation sound detect
No
Yes
0
No
Yes
0
No
Yes
0
6
Remarks
0
Busy tone detection ON/OFF time (Lower
SW
l
H1
Initial
setting
0
No. 3
No. 4
0
1
(during ICM: for internal A.M.)
7
Busy tone detect intermittent sound detect
during OGM
8
Busy tone detect intermittent sound detect
(during ICM: for internal A.M.)
Busy tone detection pulse number
2pulses
4pulses
6pulses
10pulses
1
No. 1
0
0
1
1
2
No. 2
0
1
0
1
3
SW
l
H2
4
1
Fax switching when A.M. full
Yes
No
0
Busy tone detect continuation sound detect
320Hz - 570Hz
320Hz - 460Hz
0
OPTION
frequency
5
Reserved
6
Reserved
0
7
AM OGM announce only mode
Yes
No
0
8
Busy tone continuous sound detect time
5s
10s
1
0
ICM recording time
1
No. 1
2
No. 2
A.M. quiet time 1
SW
l
I1
0
3
4
No. 3
No. 4
A.M. quiet time 2
4min
15s
30s
60s
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
2s
3s
4s
5s
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0s
1s
2s
3s
OPTION
0
0
5
No. 5
0
0
1
1
1
6
No. 6
0
1
0
1
0
7
Key input buzzer on/off switch (Two way
OPTION
On
Off
0
Yes
No
1
recording mode)
8
CPC signal detection (UX-465L/C only)
2–9
OPTION
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SW
NO.
DATA
NO.
1
SW
l
I2
SW
l
I3
A.M. quiet detect time
Binary input
8 4 2 1
1
2 3 4 5
1
4
5
0
0 1 1 0
1
0
CPC detection time (UX-465L/C only)
4ms
20ms 40ms 70ms 140ms 160ms 200ms 290ms
No. 6
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
7
No. 7
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
8
No. 8
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
Reserved
2
Max OGM record time
15s
60s
0
3
Two way record function
Disable
Enable
0
4
Toll saver
Disable
Enable
0
5
Reserved
0
6
Reserved
0
7
Reserved
8
Transfer dial recall
1
AGC maximum gain (line)
0
0
No
Yes
0
Binary input
4 2 1
1
3
1
2 3 4
0
4
0
1 0 1
1
5
No. =
0
8
AGC maximum gain (Mic)
(10 ~ 25 dB) (1 dB step)
Binary input
No. =
0
8
4 2 1
1
7
5
6 7 8
1
8
0
1 1 0
0
Binary input
1
2
AGC eref access code (line)
(-0 ~ -30 dB) (2 dB step)
No. =
3
4
5
6
AGC eref access code (Mic)
(-0 ~ -30 dB) (2 dB step)
No. =
7
8
1
AGC again adaptation threshold (line)
2
No. =
3
4
5
AGC again adaptation threshold (Mic)
6
No. =
7
8
8
4 2 1
0
1
1
2 3 4
0 1 1
1
1
Binary input
1
8
4 2 1
1
5
6 7 8
0
1 1 0 1
Binary input
1
1
8
4 2 1
1
1
2 3 4
1
1 1 1 1
Binary input
1
1
8
4 2 1
1
5
6 7 8
1
1
AGC slew rate (line)
1 1 1
1
Slow
Normal
Little fast
Fast
1
No. 1
0
0
1
1
0
2
No. 2
0
1
0
1
1
Slow
Normal
Little fast
Fast
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
AGC slew rate (Mic)
SW
l
I7
0
6
(10 ~ 25 dB) (1 dB step)
3
4
Remarks
0
No. = 16
1
SW
l
I6
Initial
setting
0
3
6
SW
l
I5
1
2
2
SW
l
I4
Switch setting and function
ITEM
No. 3
No. 4
1
1
5
6
Reserved
Reserved
0
0
7
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
0
2 – 10
OPTION
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SW
NO.
SW
l
J1
DATA
NO.
Switch setting and function
ITEM
1
No printout when memory full
0
2
Total communication hours and pages print
No
Yes
0
3
4
Sender’s phone number setting
Reserved
Cannot change
Change allowed
0
0
5
Reserved
6
Summer time setting (UX-465L/C only)
No
Yes
1
0
1
Reserved
2
Reserved
3
Polling key
Off
Low
Middle
High
No. 7
0
0
1
1
1
No. 8
0
1
0
1
0
OPTION
0
Yes
No
Handset receiver volume (UX-465L/C only)
4
No. 4
5
No. 5
0
Low
Low
Middle
High
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
Very Low
Low
Middle
High
Very High
OPTION
No. 6
0
0
0
0
1
0
7
No. 7
0
0
1
1
0
1
No. 8
0
1
0
1
0
0
8
Automatic cover sheet
2
Communication results printout
(Transaction report)
Yes
E/T/M
3
4
5
6
No
0
0
0
1
1
No. 3
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
Binary input
0
1
0
0
0
8
4 2 1
0
7
5
6 7 8
1
8
0
0 1 1
1
Entering DIAG mode by pressing SPEED
key
2
Reserved
3
OGM/ICM output level
4
No. =
Yes
OPTION
OPTION
0
No. 4
(0 dB ~ -15 dB) (1 dB step)
0
Send only Always No print Err only
No. 2
OGM/ICM output level to speaker
OPTION
OPTION
6
1
OPTION
0
Speaker volume (5 stages)
1
No
0
0
(0 dB ~ -32 dB) (1 dB step)
No. =
Binary input
0
32 16 8 4 2 1
0
5
3
4 5 6 7 8
1
6
0
0 1 1 0 0
1
7
0
8
SW
l
L1
OPTION
Automatic printout
8
SW
l
K1
Remarks
Activity report print
Ringer volume
SW
l
J3
Initial
setting
1
7
SW
l
J2
0
0
1
Reserved
0
2
Reserved
0
3
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
5
6
Cut off mode (COPY mode)
A4 paper enable
Yes
Enable
No
Disable
7
LEGAL & LETTER paper enable
Enable
Disable
1
8
2 IN 1 Mode
Yes
No
0
0
1
L/C: 0
OPTION
LU: 1
2 – 11
OPTION
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SW
NO.
DATA
NO.
Switch setting and function
ITEM
1
0
Paper set size
1
2
SW
l
L2
SW
l
M1
SW
l
M2
3
4
Automatic reduce of receive
Print contrast
OPTION
LEGAL
A4
0
0
1
0
No. 2
0
1
0
0
Auto
Light
1
0
100 %
Normal
1
0
OPTION
OPTION
93 %
0
OPTION
5
Reception reduction ratio in case of memory full 100 %
6
Reserved
0
7
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
0
1
Reserved
0
2
Reserved
0
3
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
0
5
Reserved
0
6
Reserved
0
7
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
0
1
Reserved
0
2
Reserved
0
3
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
0
5
6
Reserved
Reserved
0
0
7
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
1
LCR short time (UX-465L only)
0
Binary input
0
No. = 32 16 8 4 2 1
0
3
1
2 3 4 5
6
0
4
5
0
0 0 0 1
0
0
1
6
OPTION
0
7
Reserved
8
Reserved
1
LCR long time (UX-465L only)
0
0
No. =
Binary input
0
32 16 8 4 2 1
0
3
1
2 3 4 5
6
0
4
5
0
0 0 1 0
0
1
0
6
SW
l
N3
L/C LU
LETTER
2
SW
l
N2
Remarks
No. 1
2
SW
l
N1
Initial
setting
OPTION
0
7
Reserved
8
Reserved
1
LCR Time Select (UX-465L only)
2
3
0
0
Long
Short
0
Temporary release of caller ID withhold (UX-465L only) Yes
Connect Japanese center (UX-465L only)
Connect Japanese center
No
Connect USA center
1
0
4
Open LCR debug mode (UX-465L only)
Open LCR debug mode OFF
0
5
Reserved
0
6
Reserved
0
7
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
0
Open LCR debug mode ON
2 – 12
OPTION
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SW-A2 No. 8 CNG transmission
• Soft switch function description
When set to "0" , this model allows CNG transmission by pressing the
Start key in the key pad dialing mode. When set to "1", CNG transmission in the key pad dialing mode cannot be performed. In either case.
CNG transmission can be performed in the auto dial mode.
SW-A1 No. 1 Protect from echo
Used to protect from echo in reception.
SW-A1 No. 2 Forced 4800BPS reception
SW-A3 No. 1, No. 2 CED tone signal interval
When line conditions warrant that receptions take place at 4800 BPS
repeatedly.
For international communication, the 2100Hz CED tone may act as an
echo suppression switch, causing a communication problem.
It may improve the success of receptions by setting at 4800BPS.
Though SW-A3 No. 1 and No. 2 are normally set to 0, this selfing is used
to change the time between the CED tone signal to eliminate the communication caused by echo.
This improves the receiving document quality and reduces handshake
time due to fallback during training.
SW-A1 No. 3 Footer print
TX
When set to "1", the date of reception, the sender machine No., and the
page No. are automatically recorded at the end of reception.
RX
CED
T
SW-A1 No. 4 Length limitation of copy/send/receive
Used to set the maximum page length.
DIS
To avoid possible paper jam, the page length is normally limited to 0.6
meter for copy or transmit, and 1 meters for receive.
SW-A3 No. 3 MR Coding
It is possible to set it to "No limit" to transmit a long document, such as a
computer print form, etc. (In this case, the receiver must also be set to
no limit.)
MR Coding is enable.
SW-A3 No. 4 ECM mode
Used to determine ECM mode function. Refer to following table.
SW-A1 No. 5 CSI transmission
(CSI TRANSMISSION) is a switch to set whether the machine sends or
does not send the signal (CSI signal) informing its own telephone No. to
the remote fax machine when information is received. When "nonsending"
is set, the telephone No. is not output on the remote transmitting machine if the remote transmitting machine has the function to display or
print the telephone No. of receiving machine, using this CSI signal.
SW-A3 No.4 ECM MODE
0
1
1
SW-A3 No.5 ECM MMR MODE
0
1
0
1
Compression ECM MMR mode
ECM MH mode
method
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
MR Mode
SW-A1 No. 6 DIS receive acknowledgment during G3 transmission
0
(Depending on remote machine)
Used to make a choice of whether reception of DIS (NSF) is acknowledged after receiving two DISs (NSFs) or receiving one DIS (two NSFs).
It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo suppression problem, if set to 1.
SW-A3 No. 5 ECM MMR mode
See SW-A3 No. 4.
SW-A3 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
SW-A1 No. 7 Non-modulated carrier for V29 transmission mode
Set to "0".
Though transmission of a non-modulated carrier is not required for transmission by the V29 modem according to the CCITT recommendation, it
may be permitted to a send non-modulated carrier before the image
signal to avoid an echo suppression problem. It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo suppression problem, if set to 1.
SW-A4 No. 1 ~ No. 5 Signal transmission level
Used to control the signal transmission level in the range of-0dB to31dB.
SW-A4 No. 6 Protocol monitor (Error print)
SW-A1 No. 8 EOL (End Of Line) detect timer
If set to "1", protocol is printed at communication error.
Used to make a choice of whether to use the 25-second or 13-second
timer for detection of EOL.
This is effective to override communication failures with some facsimile
models that have longer EOL detection.
SW-A4 No. 7 Protocol monitor
Normally set to "0". If set to "1", communication can be checked, in case
of trouble, without using a G3 tester or other tools.
When communication FSK data transmission or reception is made, the
data is taken into the buffer. When communication is finished, the data is
analysed and printed out. When data is received with the line monitor
(SW-A4 No. 8) set to "1" the reception level is also printed out.
SW-A2 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Modem speed
Used to set the initial modem speed. The default is 9600BPS.
It may be necessary to program it to a slower speed when frequent line
fallback is encountered, in order to save the time required for fallback
procedure.
SW-A4 No. 8 Line monitor
Normally set to "0". If set to "1", the transmission speed and the reception level are displayed on the LCD. Used for line tests.
SW-A2 No. 5 Sender’s information transmit
(SENDER’S INFORMATION TRANSMISSION) is a switch to set the
function to print the content of HEADER PRINT described in the passcode
list at the front end of receiver’s original when original is sent to the
remote machine.
SW-A5 No. 1, No. 2 Digital line equalization setting (Reception)
Line equalization when reception is to be set according to the line characteristics.
If this switch is set to "NO", the HEADER PRINT is not output at the
receiving machine.
Setting should be made according to distance between the telephone
and the telephone company central switching station.
SW-A2 No. 6 Reserved
SW-A5 No. 3, No. 4 Digital line equalization setting (Transmission)
Set to "0".
Line equalization when transmitter is to be set according to the line
characteristics.
Setting should be made according to distance between the telephone
and the telephone company central switching station.
SW-A2 No. 7 Communication error treatment in RTN sending mode
(Reception)
Used to determine communication error treatment when RTN is sent by
occurrence of a received image error in G3 reception. When it is set to
"1", communication error is judged as no error.
2 – 13
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SW-B2 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved
SW-A5 No. 5, No. 6 Digital cable equalizer setting
Set to "0".
(Reception for Caller ID)
Line equalization when reception for CALLER ID is to be set according
to the line characteristics.
Setting should be made according to distance between the telephone
and the telephone company central switching station.
SW-B3 No. 1 ~ No. 5 Reserved
SW-A5 No. 7 Error criterion
Delay time between the dial key input and line connection under the
auto dial mode.
Set to "0".
SW-B3 No. 6, No. 7 Auto dial mode Delay timer of before line connect
Used to select error criterion for sending back RTN when receiving image data.
RAPID01
CML RELAY ON
SW-A5 No. 8 Anti junk fax check
When using the Anti junk fax function, set to "1".
DIALLING
SW-A6 No. 1 Auto gain control (MODEM)
When this mode is enabled, if the reception signal level is under 31dBm,
the modem itself controls the signal gain automatically.
SW-A6 No. 2 End buzzer
No.6
No.7
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0sec
1.5sec
3.0sec
4.5sec
Setting this bit to 0 will disable the end buzzer (including the error buzzer/
on-hook buzzer).
SW-B3 No. 8 Hold key
SW-A6 No. 3 Disconnect the line when DIS is received in RX mode
SW-B4 No. 1, No. 2 Auto dial mode Delay timer of after line connect
Bit1= 0: When DIS signal is received during RX mode, the line is disconnected immediately.
Delay time between the line connection and dial data output under the
auto dial mode.
Used to set YES/NO of holding function by the HOLD key.
Bit1= 1: When DIS signal is received during RX mode, the line is disconnected on the next tone.
DIAL DATA
RAPID01
CML RELAY ON
SW-A6 No. 4 Equalizer freeze control (MODEM)
This switch is used to perform reception operation by fixing the equalizer control of modem for the line which is always in an unfavorable
state and picture cannot be received.
* Usually, the control is executed according to the state of line where
the equalizer setting is changed always.
No.1
No.2
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1.7sec
3.0sec
3.6sec
4.0sec
SW-A6 No. 5 Equalizer freeze control 7200BPS only
SW-B4 No. 3 Dial mode
Setting which specifies SW-A3 No. 6 control only in the condition of
7200BPS modem speed.
When using the pulse dial, set to 1. When using the tone dial, set to 0.
SW-A6 No. 6 CNG transmission in manual TX mode
When setting to 1, the mode is changed by pressing the
pulse dial mode to the tone dial mode.
SW-B4 No. 4 Pulse → Tone change function by
When set to "1", fax transmit the CNG signal in case of manual transmission mode (User press the START key after waiting for the fax answering signal from handset or speaker).
key
key from the
SW-B4 No. 5 Dial pulse make/break ratio (%)
When using the 33% make ratio pulse dial, set to "0".
When using the 40% make ratio pulse dial, set to "1".
SW-A6 No. 7 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW-B4 No. 6, No. 7 Reserved
SW-A6 No. 8 Modem speed automatic fallback when RX level is
under -40dBm
Set to "0".
SW-B4 No. 8 Recalling fixed only one time when dialing was unsuccessful without detecting busy tone signal
When set to "1", if fax signal level is under -40dBm during reception,
machine selects the slower modem speed automatically.
It is effective when noises occur on the received document due to the
long distance communications.
When dialing results in failure since the busy tone cannot be detected,
recalling is fixed to one time.
Supplementary explanation
If time-out termination is made when dialing, only single recall is possible even if the setting time of recalls (SW-B1 No. 5 - No. 8) has been set
to some times. This soft switch is added in order to meet FCC.
SW-B1 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Recall interval
Choice is made for a redial interval for speed and rapid dial calls.
Use a binary number to program this. If set to 0 accidentally, 1 will be
assumed.
SW-B5 No. 1 ~ No. 5 DTMF signal transmission level (Low)
SW-B1 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Recall times
The transmission level of DTMF signal is adjusted. (lower frequency)
Choice is made as to how many redials there should be.
00000: 0dBm
SW-B2 No. 1 Dialing pause (sec/pause)
↓
Pauses can be inserted between telephone numbers of direct dial connection. Selection of 4 sec or 2 sec pause is available.
11111: -15.5dBm (-0.5dBm x 31)
SW-B2 No. 2 Dial tone detection (before auto dial)
SW-B5 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Used to set YES/NO of dial tone detection in auto dialing.
Set to "0".
SW-B2 No. 3 Reserved
SW-B6 No. 1 ~ No. 5 DTMF signal transmission level (High)
Set to "0".
The transmission level of DTMF signal is adjusted. (higher frequency)
00000: 0dBm
SW-B2 No. 4 Busy tone detection (after auto dial)
↓
Used to set busy tone detection in auto dialing.
11111: -15.5 dBm (-0.5dBm x 31)
SW-B2 No. 5, No. 6 Waiting time after dialing
This is time waiting for the opponent’s signals after dialing.
2 – 14
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SW-B6 No. 6 Dial tone detection (LCR center call) (UX-465L only)
<Example of use>
Used to set YES/NO of dial tone detection (calling LCR center).
Phone Number
Intended
Purpose
SW-B6 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved
Ring Pattern
Set to "0".
SW-C1 No. 1, No. 2 Reading slice (Binary)
Used to determine the set value of reading density in standard/fine mode.
The standard setting is "00" (Factory setting is "00")
SW-C1 No. 3, No. 4 Reading slice (Half tone)
Ring Pattern
555-1234
Voice Calls
Standard
555-1235
Facsimile Calls
Pattern 1
555-1236
Answering
Machine
Pattern 2
555-1237
PC Modem
Pattern 3
<Distinctive Ringing Timing Specifications>
1) USA
Used to determine the set value of reading density in half tone mode.
The standard setting is "00" (Factory setting is "00")
DISTINCTIVE RING → 1:RING PATTERN 1 → 2:RING PATTERN 2
↑
↓
5:OFF SETTING
← 4:STANDARD RING ← 3:RING PATTERN 3
SW-C1 No. 5 Line density selection
Used to set the transmission mode which is automatically selected when
the Resolution key is not pressed. In the copy mode, however, the fine
mode is automatically selected unless the Resolution key is manually
set to another mode.
2) Canada
DISTINCTIVE RING → 1:RING PATTERN 1 → 2:RING PATTERN 2
↑
↓
7:OFF SETTING
3:RING PATTERN 3
↑
↓
6:STANDARD RING ← 5:RING PATTERN 5 ← 4:RING PATTERN 4
SW-C1 No. 6 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW-C1 No. 7 MTF correction in half tone mode
•
This allows selection of MTF correction (dimness correction) in the half
tone mode.
When "NO" (=1) is selected, the whole image becomes soft and mild.
Clearness of characters will be reduced. Normally set to "YES" (=0).
Ring Pattern
STANDARD has 5 ring patterns, and DISTINCTIVE has 9 patterns.
Ring patterns ~ for USA, and ~ for Canada.
However, to make the setting procedure as easy as possible for the
user to understand these patterns are grouped as follows:
<Optional Setting>
1) RING PATTERN 1
RING PATTERN
for USA
RING PATTERN
for USA
RING PATTERN
for Canada
2) RING PATTERN 2
RING PATTERN
for USA
RING PATTERN
for Canada
3) RING PATTERN 3
RING PATTERN
for USA
RING PATTERN
for Canada
4) RING PATTERN 4
RING PATTERN
for Canada
5) RING PATTERN 5
RING PATTERN
for Canada
6) STANDARD RING
7) OFF SETTING
14
SW-C1 No. 8 Reserved
59
1
4
5
2
6
3
7
8
9
Set to "0".
SW-D1 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Number of rings for auto receive
When the machine is set in the auto receive mode, the number of rings
before answering can be selected. It may be set from one to four rings
using a binary number. Since the facsimile telephone could be used as
an ordinary telephone if the handset is taken off the hook, it should be
programmed to the user’s choice. If the soft switch was set to 1, direct
connection is made to the facsimile. If a facsimile calling beep was heard
when the handset is taken off the hook, press the START key and put
the handset on the hook to have the facsimile start receiving. If it was
set to 0 accidentally, receive ring is set to 1.
NOTE: If the machine is set to answer after a large number of rings, it
may not be able to receive faxes successfully. If you have difficulty receiving faxes, reduce the number of rings to a maximum
of 6.
2S ring
STANDARD
SW-D1 No. 5 Automatic switching manual to auto receive mode
4S ring
2S ring
2S ring
This soft switch is used to select whether the machine should switch to
the auto receive mode after 5 rings in the manual receive mode or remain in the same way as SW-D1 No. 1, No. 2, No. 3 and No. 4 "0"1"0"1"(5
rings).
1.5S ring
3S ring
1S ring
4S ring
SW-D1 No. 6 Reserved
0.5S
1.5S ring
Set to "0".
0.5S
RING
PATTERN 1
for USA
SW-D1 No. 7, No. 8 CI detect frequency
Detection frequency of ring signal for auto reception is set.
When set to No. 6=0, No. 7=0, frequency is set to PTT recommendation.
When set to No. 6=0, No. 7=1, frequency is set to 11.5Hz or more.
When set to No. 6=1, No. 7=0, frequency is set to 13.0Hz or more.
When set to No. 6=1, No. 7=1, frequency is set to 20.0Hz or more.
RING
PATTERN 2
for USA
RING
PATTERN 3
for USA
RING
PATTERN 4
for USA
SW-D2 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Distinctive ringing setting (PATTERN 4 and 5
are for CANADA only) (UX-465L/C only)
RING
PATTERN 5
for CANADA
This function allows reception of services offered by USA and Canada
telephone companies in which the customer contracts with the telephone
company to have up to 4 telephone numbers (USA) or 6 telephone numbers (Canada) established for one line.
Each telephone number is signalled by a different ringing pattern, and
the customer can allocate each number to a specific use.
RING
PATTERN 6
for CANADA
RING
PATTERN 7
for CANADA
RING
PATTERN 8
for CANADA
RING
PATTERN 9
for CANADA
4S ring
0.8S
0.8S
0.4S
1S
0.3S
0.2S
4S ring
0.3S
0.2S
4S ring
0.4S 0.4S 0.8S
0.2S 0.2S
1S
4S ring
1S
4S ring
1S
1S
1S
0.5S
0.5S
1S
0.5S
0.5S
0.5S
0.5S
0.5S
0.5S
1S
0.5S
0.25S 0.25S 0.25S
0.2S 0.2S
0.25S 0.25S
0.2S
6S
2 – 15
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SW-D2 No. 4 Reserved
SW-F1 No. 1, No. 2 DTMF detect time
Set to "0".
Used to set detect time of DTMF (Dual Tone Multi Frequency) used in
remote reception (5
).
SW-D2 No. 5 Caller ID function
The longer the detect time is, the less the error detection is caused by
noises.
Used for Caller ID function.
SW-D2 No. 6 Caller ID detect during CI off
SW-F1 No. 3 Protection of remote reception (5
Detection of caller ID signal is performed as follows:
0:First CI OFF only
1:All of CI OFF
Used to set the function of remote reception (5
the remote reception function is disabled.
) detect
). When set to "1",
SW-F1 No. 4 Remote reception with GE telephone
SW-D2 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved
(Corresponding to TEL made by GE) P. B. X.
Set to "0".
"1": Compatible with TEL mode by GE
SW-D3 No. 1 ~ No. 5 CI off detection timer (0-1550ms setting by
50ms step)
"0": Not compatible
Set the minimum time period of CI signal interruption which affords to be
judged as a CI OFF section with 50ms steps.
(Example)
A
•
When sending (5
) for remote reception with a GE manufactured
telephone remote reception may not take place because of special
specifications in their DTMF.
To overcome this, a soft SW is provided to change the modem setting to allow for remote reception.
•
If this soft SW is set to "1", other telephone sets may be adversely
affected.
B
400msec
1
2000msec
2
SW-F1 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Remote operation code figure by external TEL
(0 ~ 9)
01110 (50ms ~ 14):
700ms (CI interruption>700ms:Judged as a CI OFF section)
The section 1 is not judged as a CI OFF section, the CI signal A
is counted as one signal.
The section 2 is judged as a CI OFF section, the CI signal B is
considered as the second signal.
00111 (50ms ~ 7):
350ms (CI interruption>350ms:Judged as a CI OFF section)
The section 1 is judged as a CI OFF section, and the CI signal A
is counted as two signals.
The section 2 is judged as a CI OFF section, and the CI signal B
is considered as the third signal.
Remote operation codes can be changed from 0 through 9. If set to
greater than 9, it defaults to 9. The "5
" is not changed.
Ex-7
(Default: 5
)
SW-F2 No. 1 CNG detection in STAND-BY mode
When setting to "1", the CNG signal detection function during standby
stops.
SW-F2 No. 2, No. 3 Number of CNG detect (AM mode)
Used for detection of CNG in 1 to 4 pulses.
SW-F2 No. 4, No. 5 Number of CNG detect (STAND-BY mode)
SW-D3 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Used for detection of CNG in 1 to 4 pulses.
Set to "0".
SW-F2 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
SW-E1 No. 1 Tel/Fax Automatic switching mode (UX-485LU only)
Set to "0".
Used to set auto TEL/FAX switching mode or to set the normal fax mode.
SW-G1 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
SW-E1 No. 2, No. 3 Pseudo ringing time at the phone/fax automatic
switching mode (UX-485LU only)
Set to "0".
SW-G2 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Choice is made as to how long to rumble the dummy ringer on TEL/FAX
automatic switching mode.
Set to "0".
SW-G3 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
SW-E1 No. 4 Number of CNG signal detection at the phone/fax automatic switching mode (UX-485LU only)
Set to "0".
Used for detection of CNG in one tone or two tones in the TEL/FAX
automatic switching mode.
SW-H1 No. 1, No. 2 Busy tone detection ON/OFF time (Lower duration)
SW-E1 No. 5 CNG detect time at TEL/FAX mode (UX-485LU only)
The initial value of detection is set according to electric condition.
The switch which sets the time from the start of CNG detection to the
end of detection.
The set value is changed according to the local switch board. (Erroneous detection of sound is reduced.)
SW-E1 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Normally the upper limit is set to 900msec, and the lower limit to 200msec.
Set to "0".
If erroneous detection is caused by sound, etc., adjust the detection
range.
SW-E2 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Pseudo ringer sound volume (UX-485LU only)
The lower limit can be set in the range of 350msec to 150msec.
Used to adjust sound volume of pseudo ringer to the line (ringer back
tone) generated on selecting TEL/FAX. Setting is the reduce level from
-5dBm output level.
SW-E2 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW-E3 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
2 – 16
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SW-H1 No. 3, No. 4 Busy tone detection ON/OFF time (Upper duration)
SW-I1 No. 3, No. 4 A.M. quiet time 1
Used to select four kinds of no sound time (2 sec ~ 5 sec) after reception
in the T.A.D mode until OGM is output.
Similarly to SW-H1 No. 1, the set value can be varied.
The upper limit can be set in the range of 650msec to 2700msec.
Reception
OGM output
ICM recording
SW-H1
SW-H1
SW-H1
SW-H1
No. 1
No. 2
No. 3
No. 4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
150msec ~ 900msec
0
0
1
0
150msec ~ 1500msec
0
0
1
1
150msec ~ 2700msec
0
1
0
0
200msec ~ 650msec
0
1
0
1
200msec ~ 900msec
0
1
1
0
200msec ~ 1500msec
0
1
1
1
200msec ~ 2700msec
1
0
0
0
250msec ~ 650msec
1
0
0
1
250msec ~ 900msec
1
0
1
0
250msec ~ 1500msec
1
0
1
1
250msec ~ 2700msec
1
1
0
0
350msec ~ 650msec
Used to set no sound time (0 sec ~ 32 sec) during the T.A.D. mode
operation.
1
1
0
1
350msec ~ 900msec
SW-I2 No. 6 ~ No. 8 CPC detection time (UX-465L/C only)
1
1
1
0
350msec ~ 1500msec
Used to set the CPC (Calling Party Control) signal detect time.
1
1
1
1
350msec ~ 2700msec
SW-I3 No. 1 Reserved
Detection range
2 sec~ 5 sec ( SW-I1No. 3, No. 4)
150msec ~ 650msec
SW-I1 No. 5, No. 6 A.M. quiet time 2
Used to select four kinds of no sound time (0 sec ~ 3 sec) after OGM
output the T.A.D mode until ICM recording is started.
Reception
OGM output
ICM recording
0 sec~3 sec (SW-I1 No. 5, No. 6)
SW-I1 No. 7 Key input buzzer on/off switch (Two way recording mode)
Used to turn ON/OFF key input buzzer in the TWO-WAY recording mode.
SW-I1 No. 8 CPC signal detection (UX-465L/C only)
Used to turn ON/OFF the CPC (Calling Party Control) signal detection.
SW-I2 No. 1 ~ No. 5 A.M. quiet detect time
Set to "0".
SW-H1 No. 5 Busy tone detect continuation sound detect during
OGM
SW-I3 No. 2 Max OGM record time
Used to detect the continuous tone of specific frequency during OGM
output.
Used select the outgoing message recording time for 60sec or 15sec.
SW-I3 No. 3 Two way record function
SW-H1 No. 6 Busy tone detect continuation sound detect
(during ICM: for internal A.M.)
If this switch is set to "1", machine doesn’t work two way recording
function.
Used to select detection of the continuous sound of certain frequency.
SW-I3 No. 4 Toll saver
SW-H1 No. 7 Busy tone detect intermittent sound detect during
OGM
Used to turn on the toll saver function. If it is off, the reception frequency
in the AM mode is indentical with that in the FAX mode.
Used to detect the intermittent tone of specific frequency during OGM
output.
SW-I3 No. 5 ~ No. 7 Reserved
SW-H1 No. 8 Busy tone detect intermittent sound detect
(during ICM: for internal A.M.)
Set to "0".
Used to select detection of the intermittent sound of certain frequency.
If this switch is set to "1", machine disable redial in Transfer function.
SW-H2 No. 1, No. 2 Busy tone detection pulse number
SW-I4 No. 1 ~ No. 4 AGC maximum gain (Line)
(10 ~ 25dB) (1dB step)
SW-I3 No. 8 Transfer dial recall
Used to set detection of Busy tone intermittent sounds.
SW-H2 No. 4 Busy tone detect continuation sound detect frequency
The AGC Maximum Gain limits the gain applied by the AGC. Message
with average energy below the AGC Energy Reference Level will have
their average energy level increased by no more than the AGC Maximum
Gain. The AGC Maximum Gain should average energy of the message
with the lowest average energy to the AGC Energy Reference Level.
Set detecting frequency of busy tone continuation sound for 320 ~ 570
Hz of 320 ~ 460 Hz.
SW-I4 No. 5 ~ No. 8 AGC maximum gain (Mic)
(10 ~ 25dB) (1dB step)
SW-H2 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved
The AGC Maximum Gain limits the gain applied by the AGC. Message
with average energy below the AGC Energy Reference Level will have
their average energy level increased by no more than the AGC Maximum
Gain. The AGC Maximum Gain should average energy of the message
with the lowest average energy to the AGC Energy Reference Level.
SW-H2 No. 3 Fax switching when A.M. full
If the answering machine’s memory (tape) is full and there is no response, the machine automatically switches to Fax reception.
Set to "0".
SW-H2 No. 7 AM OGM announce only mode
If this switch is set to 1, the machine is not recording ICM.
(disconnect the line after OGM output)
SW-I5 No. 1 ~ No. 4 AGC eref access code (Line)
(-0 ~ -30dB) (2dB step)
SW-H2 No. 8 Busy tone continuous sound detect time
The AGC Energy Reference Level controls the playback level. Any
message having average speech energy above the energy reference
level has its playback level attenuated, and any level has its playback
level increased. If the playback level is too high (low), then decreasing
(increasing) the AGC energy Reference level will achieve the desired
level.
Set detecting time busy tone continuous sound for 5 or 10 seconds.
SW-I1 No. 1, No. 2 ICM recording time
Used to select the incoming message recording time among 15sec/
30sec/60sec/4min.
2 – 17
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SW-J2 No. 1, No. 2 Reserved
SW-I5 No. 5 ~ No. 8 AGC eref access code (Mic)
(-0 ~ -30dB) (2dB step)
Set to "0".
The AGC Energy Reference Level controls the playback level. Any
message having average speech energy above the energy reference
level has its playback level attenuated, and any level has its playback
level increased. If the playback level is too high (low), then decreasing
(increasing) the AGC energy Reference level will achieve the desired
level.
SW-J2 No. 3 Polling key
If this switch is set to 1, the last of Rapid key works as polling key.
SW-J2 No. 4, No. 5 Handset receiver volume (UX-465L/C only)
Used to adjust sound volume from a handset receiver volume.
SW-I6 No. 1 ~ No. 4 AGC gain adaptation threshold (Line)
SW-J2 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Speaker volume (5 stages)
The AGC adjusts the amount of gain applied to the incoming message
only when the average energy exceeds the AGC Gain Adaptation
Threshold. The AGC Gain Adaptation Threshold prevents message
background noise from corrupting the gain provided that the AGC Gain
Adaptation Threshold is greater than the background noise energy. In
the event that a message has background noise energy greater than
the AGC Gain Adaptation Threshold, the AGC Gain can be no greater
than the AGC Maximum Gain. Note that the AGC Gain Adaptation
Threshold must always be greater than the RPACS VOX Turn-On
Threshold.
Used to adjust sound volume from a speaker.
SW-J3 No. 1 Automatic cover sheet
The machine automatically generates a cover sheet and sends it as the
last page of each transmission.
SW-J3 No. 2 ~ No. 4 Communication result printout (Transaction
report)
Every communication, the result can be output. As usual, it is set to print
the timer sending communication error alone. If No. 2: 0 No. 3: 1 No. 4:
0 are set, printing is always on (printed even if it is normally ended).
SW-I6 No. 5 ~ No. 8 AGC gain adaptation threshold (Mic)
000: Error, timer and memory sending/receiving
The AGC adjusts the amount of gain applied to the incoming message
only when the average energy exceeds the AGC Gain Adaptation
Threshold. The AGC Gain Adaptation Threshold prevents message
background noise from corrupting the gain provided that the AGC Gain
Adaptation Threshold is greater than the background noise energy. In
the event that a message has background noise energy greater than
the AGC Gain Adaptation Threshold, the AGC Gain can be no greater
than the AGC Maximum Gain. Note that the AGC Gain Adaptation
Threshold must always be greater than the RPACS VOX Turn-On
Threshold.
001: Sending
010: Continuous printing
011: Not printed
100: Communication error
SW-J3 No. 5 ~ No. 8 OGM/ICM output level to speaker
(0dB ~ -15dB) (1dB step)
Used to control OGM and ICM output level to speaker.
SW-I7 No. 1, No. 2 AGC slew rate (Line)
SW-K1 No. 1 Entering DIAG mode by pressing SPEED key
The AGC Slew Rate controls the convergence of the message playback
level to the desired playback level. A large slew rate will allow faster
convergence and a small slew rate will allow slower convergence.
A bit which is used in the production process only. When the SPEED key
is pressed, the switch is changed from the stand-by state to the DIAG
mode.
SW-I7 No. 3, No. 4 AGC slew rate (Mic)
SW-K1 No. 2 Reserved
The AGC Slew Rate controls the convergence of the message playback
level to the desired playback level. A large slew rate will allow faster
convergence and a small slew rate will allow slower convergence.
Set to "0".
SW-I7 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Used to control OGM and ICM output level to Line.
Set to "0".
SW-L1 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved
SW-J1 No. 1 Activity report print
Set to "0".
This soft switch is used to select: whether or not to print out the activity
report when the memory is full. An activity report can be printed when
the following key entry command is made.
SW-L1 No. 5 Cut off mode (COPY mode)
SW-K1 No. 3 ~ No. 8 OGM/ICM output level to Line
(0dB ~ -32dB) (1dB step)
Whether the excessive part is printed on the next recording paper or
discarded is selected to copy a document which is longer than the recording paper.
"FUNCTION", "2", "#", "START"
After producing the activity report, all the data in the memory will be
cleared.
SW-L1 No. 6 A4 Paper enable
When the switch function is set to "0" (no), the data in the memory will
be deleted from the oldest as it reaches the maximum memory capacity.
SW-L1 No. 7 LEGAL and LETTER paper enable
The use of recording paper of A4 is enabled.
The use of recording paper of LEGAL and LETTER is enabled.
SW-J1 No. 2 Total communication hours and pages print
Used to make a choice of whether the total communication time and
pages are recorded in the activity report.
SW-L1 No. 8 2 IN 1 mode
SW-J1 No. 3 Sender’s phone number setting
SW-L2 No. 1, No. 2 Paper set size
Used to make a choice of whether the registered sender’s phone number
can be changed or not. If the switch is set to "1", new registration of the
sender’s phone number is disabled to prevent accidental wrong input.
At present size of the recording paper.
A function to print transmitted data of two pages on one sheet.
SW-L2 No. 3 Automatic reduce of receive
If set to 1, it is reduced automatically when receiving.
SW-J1 No. 4, No. 5 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW-L2 No. 4 Print contrast
SW-J1 No. 6 Summer time setting (UX-465L/C only)
0: Normal
1: Light
This is used to set YES/NO of automatic clock adjustment for European
Summer time.
SW-J1 No. 7, No. 8 Ringer volume
Used to adjust ringing volume.
2 – 18
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SW-L2 No. 5 Reception reduction ratio in case of memory full
This model is designed so that the print is started according to the setting of SW-L2 No.3 when reception of one page is completed. However,
if the memory is filled with data before completion of reception of one
page, the print is started with the reduction ratio which is set with this
switch.
SW-L2 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW-M1 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW-M2 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW-N1 No. 1 ~ No. 6 LCR short time (UX-465L only)
First time setting transmitting to the Open LCR center.
SW-N1 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW-N2 No. 1 ~ No. 6 LCR long time (UX-465L only)
Second time setting transmitting to the Open LCR center.
SW-N2 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW-N3 No. 1 LCR Time Select (UX-465L only)
Used to select LCR short time or LCR long time.
0:LCR short time is selected.
1:LCR long time is selected.
SW-N3 No. 2 Temporary release of caller ID withhold (UX-465L only)
Used to do temporary release of caller ID withhold.
0:Normal dialing.
1:Release of caller ID withhold before dialing.
SW-N3 No. 3 Connect Japanese center (UX-465L only)
Used to connect Japanese open LCR center.
0:Connect USA open LCR center.
1:Connect Japanese open LCR center.
SW-N3 No. 4 Open LCR debug mode (UX-465L only)
Used to debug open LCR function.
0:Normal mode.
1:debug mode.
SW-N3 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
2 – 19
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[3] Troubleshooting
Refer to the following actions to troubleshoot any of the problems mentioned in 1-4.
[1]
A communication error occurs.
[2]
Image distortion produced.
[3]
Unable to do overseas communication.
[4]
Communication speed slow due to FALLBACK.
•
Increase the transmission level SOFT SWITCH A4-1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
May be used in case [1] [2] [3].
•
Decrease the transmission level SOFT SWITCH A4-1, 2, 3, 4,
5. May be used in case [3].
•
Apply line equalization SOFT SWITCH A5-1, 2.
May be used in case [1] [2] [3] [4].
•
Slow down the transmission speed SOFT SWITCH A2-1, 2, 3,
4. May be used in case [2] [3].
•
Replace the TEL/LIU PWB.
May be used in all cases.
•
Replace the control PWB.
May be used in all cases.
* If transmission problems still exist on the machine, use the following
format and check the related matters.
TO:
ATT:
Ref.No. :
CC:
ATT:
Date
:
Dept
:
Sign
:
FM:
From: Mr.
Our customer
Other party
Problem mode
Name
Address
Contact person
Name
Address
Contact person
Line: Domestic / international
Reception / Transmission
Frequency:
Confirmation
item
Ref.No.:
***** Facsimile communication problem *****
Fax Tel No.:
Our customer
Date:
Model:
G3
Automatic reception / Manual reception
Automatic dialing / Manual dialing / Others
% ROM version:
Other party
B1
B2
Tel No.
Fax No.
Model name
Tel No.
Fax No.
Model name
Phase: A, B, C, D.
Please mark problem with an X.
No problem is: 0.
A1 A2 B1 B2 C1 C2
A1
A2
C1
D2
C2
E1
E2
Our service
D1
Other party's service
Comment
Countermeasure
**** Please attach the G3 data and activity report on problem. ****
* Please complete this report before calling the “TAC” hotline if problem still occurs.
2 – 20
D1 D2 E1 E2
Transmission level setting is (
customer
Transmission level (
) dBm
Reception level (
) dBm
By level meter at B1 and B2
) dB at our
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[4] Error code table
1. Communication error code table
G3 Transmission
Code
Final received signal
Error Condition (Receiver side)
0
Incomplete signal frame
Cannot recognize bit stream after flag
1
NSF, DIS
Cannot recognize DCS signal by echo etc.
2
CFR
Disconnects line during reception (carrier missing etc)
3
FTT
Disconnects line by fall back
4
MCF
Cannot recognize NSS signal (FIF code etc)
Disconnects line during reception of multi page
Cannot recognize NSS, DCS signal in the case of mode change
5
PIP or PIN
The line is hung up without replying to telephone request from the receiving party.
6
RTN or RTP
Cannot recognize NSS, DCS signal after transmit RTN or RTP signal.
7
8
No signal or DCN
−
No response in receiver side or DCN signal received* (transmitter side)
Owing to error in some page the error could not be corrected although the specified number of
error retransmissions were attempted.
11
−
12
−
Error occurred just after fallback.
13
−
Error occurred after a response to retransmission end command was received.
Error occurred after or while reception by the remote (receiving) machine was revealed to be
impossible.
G3 Reception
Code
0
1
Final received signal
Incomplete signal frame
NSS, DCS
Error Condition (Receiver side)
Cannot recognize bit stream after flag
Cannot recognize CFR or FTT signal
Disconnects line during transmission (line error)
2
NSC, DTC
Cannot recognize NSS signal (FIF code etc)
3
EOP
Cannot recognize MCF, PIP, PIN, RTN, RTP signal
4
5
EOM
MPS
Cannot recognize MCF, PIP, PIN, RTN, RTP signal in the case of mode change
The line is hung up without replying to communication request.
6
7
PR1-Q
No signal or DCN
Cannot recognize PIP, PIN signal in the case of TALK request
No response in transmitter (cannot recognize DIS signal) or DCN signal received* (receiver side)
8
−
Error occurred upon completion of reception of all pages.
9
−
Error occurred when mode was changed or Transmission/Reception switching was performed.
10
−
Error occurred during partial page or physical page reception.
11
−
Error occurred after or during inquiry from the remote (transmitting) machine as to whether
12
−
Error occurred during or just after fallback.
13
−
Error occurred after the retransmission end command was received.
reception is possible or not.
2 – 21
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
MEMO
2 – 22
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
3-2. Automatic document feed
CHAPTER 3. MECHANISM BLOCKS
1) Use of the paper feed roller and separation rubber plate ensures error-free transport and separation of documents. The plate spring
presses the document to the paper feed roller to assure smooth feeding of the document.
[1] General description
2) Document separation method: Separation rubber plate
1. Document feed block and diagram
Separation rubber
Document
guide upper
Paper feed spring
,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,,
Front
sensor
Document
Sensor
Back roller
Document
Paper feed roller
Pinch roller
Document
Fig. 3
3-3. Documents applicable for automatic feed
4x6 series
(788mm x 1091mm x
1000 sheets)
Paper feed roller
CIS
Feed roller
Minimum
Guide roller
Feeder capacity
Paper weight
Maximum
Square
meter series
Minimum
Maximum
52g/m2
74.3g/m2
10 sheets, max.
45kg
64.3kg
Paper thickness (ref.) 0.06mm
0.09mm
0.06mm
0.09mm
Paper size
148mm x 140mm ~
A4 (210mm x 297mm), Letter (216mm x 279mm)
NOTE: Double-side coated documents and documents on facsimile recording paper should be inserted manually. The document feed
quantity may be changed according to the document thickness.
Fig. 1
2. Document feed operation
1) The original, which is set in the document hopper, feeds automatically when the front sensor is activated. This in turn activates the
pulse motor which drives the document supply roller. The document
stops when the lead edge is detected by the document sensor.
Documents corresponding to a paper weight heavier than 64.3kg (74.3g/
m2 ) and lighter than 135kg (157g/m2 ) are acceptable for manual feed.
2) The lead edge of the original is fed a specified number of pulses after
the lead edge of the document is detected for the reading process to
begin.
Documents heavier than 135kg in terms of the paper weight must be
duplicated on a copier to make it operative in the facsimile.
3) The trailing edge of the original is fed a specific number of pulses
after the trailing edge of the document deactivates the document
sensor. The read process then stops and the original is discharged.
3-4. Loading the documents
1) Make sure that the documents are of suitable size and thickness, and
free from creases, folds, curls, wet glue, wet ink, clips, staples and
pins.
4) When the front sensor is in the OFF state (any document is not set
up in the hopper guide), the drive will be stopped when the document is discharged.
2) Place documents face down in the hopper.
i) Adjust the document guides to the document size.
3. Hopper mechanism
ii) Align the top edge of documents and gently place them into the
hopper. The first page under the stack will be taken up by the feed
roller to get ready for transmission.
3-1. General view
NOTES: 1) Curled edge of documents, if any, must be straightened
out.
2) Do not load the documents of different sizes and/or
thicknesses together.
Fig. 2
The hopper section contains document guides that are used to adjust
the hopper to the width of the original document. This ensures that the
original feeds straight into the fax machine for scanning.
Document width: 148 mm to 216 mm (A5 longitudinal size to Letter
longitudinal size)
NOTE: Adjust the document guide after setting up the document.
3–1
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
Separation rubber
5. Recording block
Last page of document
(1) General view
,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,
Back of document
RP release plate
First page of document
Platen roller
PO roller
Paper feed spring
PU roller
Pinch roller
Paper feed roller
Rotation
plate
PO gude
Fig. 4
Film cartridge
RP
hopper
3-5. Documents requiring use of document carrier
1) Documents smaller than 148mm (W) x 140mm (L).
2) Documents thinner than the thickness of 0.06mm.
Supply
side
Take-up
side
3) Documents containing creases, folds, or curls, especially those whose
surface is curled (maximum allowable curl is 5mm).
Thermal Head
4) Documents containing tears.
Film sensor
lever
Imaging film
Fig. 6
5-1. Driving
5) Carbon-backed documents. (Insert a white sheet of paper between
the carbon back and the document carrier to avoid transfer of carbon
to the carrier.)
In the drive mechanism, the rotating force of the pulse motor for both
transmission and reception is transmitted to the paper supply roller, the
recording paper feed roller and imaging film drive gear through the pulse
motor axle gear, reduction gear and planetary gear.
6) Documents containing an easily separable writing material (e.g., those
written with a lead pencil).
7) Transparent documents.
5-2. Recording
8) Folded or glued documents.
This equipment employs the thermal transcription system which used
the thermal head imaging film.
Document in document carrier should be inserted manually into the
feeder.
1) Thermal head
4. Document release
The thermal head is composed of 2,016 heating elements in traverse
line, and the resolution power is 8 dots/mm. The maximum speed is 10
ms/line.
4-1. General
2) Structure of recording mechanism
To correct a jammed document or to clean the document running surface, pull the insertion side of document center of the operation panel.
To open the upper document guide, the operation panel must be opened
first.
Recording is achieved by applying a suitable pressure to the thermal
head through the imaging film of the recording paper feed roller and the
recording paper.
The main scanning is electronically done, and the sub-scanning is me
chanically done (by sending the recording paper with the recording paper feed roller).
4-2. Cross section view
3) Recording paper transfer sequence
Operation panel unit
a) The recording paper stored in the RP hopper is fed with the PU roller,
and the recording paper is stopped when the P-IN sensor is turned
on by sensing its lead edge.
b) Hereafter, the imaging film and recording paper are transferred with
the recording paper feed roller, and thermal transcription is done on
the recording paper.
c) After thermal transcription, the imaging film is taken up by the roller
on the take-up side, and the recording paper is discharged by the PO
roller.
As basic, the density unevenness mainly results from the longitudinal misalignment of the thermal head to the heater line. Otherwise,
the head is in uneven contact with the recording paper feed roller, or
the imaging film is wrinkled.
Lower cabinet
Fig. 5
1 Are the power and signal cables of the thermal head suitably treated?
2 Does the same symptom appear even if the thermal head pres-sure
The following items are described as the simplified checking method.
spring is replaced?
3 Is the feed roller of the recording paper concentric? (Density is uneven at intervals.)
4 Does the same symptom appear even if the thermal head is replaced?
5 Is the imaging film stained or wrinkled?
3–2
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[2] Disassembly and assembly procedures
•
•
This chapter mainly describes the disassembly procedures. For the assembly procedures, reverse the disassembly procedures.
•
•
The numbers in the illustration, the parts list and the flowchart in a same section are common to each other.
Easy and simple disassembly/assembly procedures of some parts and units are omitted. For disassembly and assembly of such parts and units,
refer to the Parts List.
To assure reliability of the product, the disassembly and the assembly procedures should be performed carefully and deliberately.
1
Parts list (Fig. 1)
Bottom plate
No.
Q’ty
No.
1
Mechanism unit
Part name
1
5
CIS earth cable
2
Screw (3×10)
9
6
Roller earth cable
1
3
Screw (3×6)
1
7
Screw (3×5)
1
4
Head earth cable
1
8
Bottom plate
1
2
2
1
2
2
3
2
2
2
8
2
4
2
2
5
6
7
8
6
5
4
3
7
1
Fig. 1
3–3
Part name
Q’ty
1
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
Parts list (Fig. 2)
PWB’s, drive unit, AC cord ass’y and
speaker
2
No.
Q’ty
No.
1
Mechanism unit
Part name
1
7
Screw (4×6)
Part name
Q’ty
1
2
Connector
2
8
AC cord ass’y
1
3
Cable
6
9
Screw (3×10)
2
4
Control PWB unit
1
10
Drive unit
1
5
TEL/LIU PWB unit
1
11
Speaker hold spring
1
6
Power supply PWB unit
1
12
Speaker
1
AC cord earth cable
1
2
11
3
12
7
3
4
5
9
6
10
AC cord
earth cable
2
8
3
2
7
3
3
3
8
3
6
4
Control PWB
(Top view)
5
9
6
4
Rib
10
Note) Keep the power
supply PWB unit to
under the rib like the picture.
6
11
12
Position of AC cord
8
1
The number direction
keep on top side
Fig. 2
3–4
9
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
3
Paper roller etc. and sensor lever
Parts list (Fig. 3)
No.
Q’ty
No.
1
Mechanism unit
Part name
1
7
Platen lock lever, left
Part name
Q’ty
2
Sheet A
1
8
Platen lock lever, right
1
3
P-IN sensor lever B
1
9
Platen lock lever spring
1
4
Screw (3×10)
1
10
PO roller
1
5
BT gear ass’y
1
11
Transfer bearing
2
6
Platen lock bracket
1
12
Back roller gear
1
1
1
2
6
10
3
7
11
4
8
12
5
9
8
6
7
7
Applying position for SHEET A
Clean apply area by Alcohol.
6
2
Fix size
271.8±0.4mm
3
2
4
9
AP
RD
PL
8
YIN
G
DA
AN
ST
G
AN
DA
RD
YIN
ST
PL
AP
5
11
1
10
Rib
11
12
1
11
An attachment rib is
attached in accordance
with hole, right and left.
Fig. 3
3–5
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
4
Drive frame
Parts list (Fig. 4)
No.
Q’ty
No.
Q’ty
No.
1
Screw (3×10)
Part name
2
9
Idler gear, 52Z
Part name
1
17
Reduction gear, 4
Part name
Q’ty
1
2
Motor
1
10
Reduction gear, 3
1
18
Planet gear lever C ass’y
1
3
Motor plate
1
11
Reduction gear, 2
1
19
Planet gear lever B ass’y
1
4
Take up gear
1
12
Reduction gear, 5
1
20
Reduction gear, 1
1
5
Slip gear ass’y
1
13
Reduction gear C
1
21
Cam hold spring
1
6
Reduction gear, 6
1
14
Link lever
1
22
Cam A
1
7
Planet gear lever D ass’y
1
15
Planet gear lever A ass’y
1
23
Cam B
1
8
Idler gear B
1
16
Idler gear, 30Z
3
24
Cam switch
1
25
Drive frame
1
Fix position of CAM A and B
1
22
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
23
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
CAM A
CAM B
13
1
MARK
MARK
21
Joint of mark and mark.
3
22
25
2
24
18
5
16
26
20
15 , 18 , 19
14
Grease
10
Grease
7
Grease
17
11
6
19
16
8
Grease
15
9
12
Nail doing lock.
Nail doing lock.
23
7
4
16
CAUTION :
Do not apply FLOIL to this gear.
Please wipe off when FLOIL
sticks to this gear.
4
7
15 , 18 , 19
CAUTION: To prevent the hook from breaking
25
Nail
24
9
Boss
24
(2)
(1)
[side angle]
Please do in order in the above
figure when you assemble this gear.
21
25
Nail
[top angle]
Boss
22
To be the switch linked by hooks.
Nail doing lock
NOTE) Apply to nail at the time of
GREASE application.
GEAR attachment boss
Fig. 4
3–6
9
Two hooks must
be in the hole.
OK
NG
When the gear is assembled, it is
necessary to see two hooks.
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
5
Sub frame unit, original paper guide,
operation panel unit and CIS unit
Parts list (Fig. 5)
No.
Q’ty
No.
1
Mechanism unit
Part name
1
8
CIS unit
Part name
2
Hook switch lever
1
9
CIS earth sheet
1
3
Sub frame unit
1
10
CIS spring
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
Screw (3×10)
2
11
Cover switch spring
1
5
Original paper guide unit
1
12
Cover switch lever
1
6
Operation panel unit
1
13
Feed roller shaft
1
7
Film guide shaft
1
14
Feed roller
1
15
Original paper guide
1
12
15
4
11
12
13
14
1
4
11
1
Q’ty
4
5
14
6
13
15
8
9
10
PANEL
CABLE
2
3
10
CIS
CABLE
10
ROLLER
EARTH
CABLE
8
7
CIS
EARTH
CABLE
1
9
5
4
6
2
1
3
Operation panel unit disassembly
1 Close the operation panel unit from the FULL OPEN position.
2 Shift the operation panel unit to the left side, and remove the left-side fulcrum.
3 Shift the operation panel unit to the right side, and remove the right-side fulcrum.
Sub frame unit disassembly
4 Fully open the sub frame unit.
5 Shift the sub frame unit to the left side, and remove the left-side fulcrum.
6 Shift the sub frame unit to the left side, and remove the right-side fulcrum.
Fig. 5
3–7
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
6
Upper cabinet and document guide
upper unit
Parts list (Fig. 6)
No.
Q’ty
No.
1
Screw (3×8)
Part name
2
7
Operation panel PWB
2
Document guide upper
1
8
Direct key
1
9
Mode key
1
unit
Part name
Operation panel unit
1
10
Stop key
1
4
Screw (2×6)
5
11
Start key
1
5
Cable
1
12
12 key
1
6
Insulation sheet
1
13
TAD Key
1
14
Upper cabinet
1
2
Note) Keep the document
guide upper unit in the rib
of operation panel unit
like the picture.
3
3
Rib
Note) Keep the document
guide upper unit under
the rib like the picture.
1
2
8
3
4
9
5
10
6
11
12
7
1
13
14
2
1
PANEL
CABLE
ROLLER EARTH
CABLE
7
Rib
Note) Keep the operation
panel PWB to under the
rib like a picture.
14
7
Rib
6
LCD CABLE
LCD PWB
LCD PWB
Rib
Note) The LCD PWB should
be securely locked by the
click of the panel case.
7
11
12
5
4
13
Rib
Note) Keep the operation
panel PWB to under the
rib like the picture.
4
10
4
8
6
4
4
Fig. 6
3–8
1
3
3
2
Q’ty
9
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
7
Document guide upper
Parts list (Fig. 7)
No.
Q’ty
No.
1
Back roller gear
Part name
1
8
Pinch roller shaft
1
2
Transfer bearing
1
9
Separate spring
1
3
Roller earth plate
1
10
Separator plate
1
4
Earth gum
1
11
Paper feed spring
1
5
Back roller
1
12
Separator rubber
1
6
Pinch roller spring
2
13
Guide roller
1
7
Pinch roller
2
14
Document guide upper
1
1
Part name
Q’ty
14
2
3
8
4
9
5
10
6
11
7
12
13
10
9
Confirm
Thing which does not
run aground.
11
14
Confirm
hook is locked.
14
14
1
2
5
4
ROLLER EARTH CABLE
3
13
14
10
12
9
11
6
1
14
6
1
7
2
8
6
6
7
7
8
Fig. 7
3–9
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
Sub frame, top cover unit RP hopper
unit
8
Parts list (Fig. 8)
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15 26 27
16
17
18
Q’ty
No.
Q’ty
No.
1
Top cover unit
Part name
1
10
PO guide ass’y
1
19
Platen bearing, right
1
2
Screw (3×10)
2
11
PO pinch roller spring
2
20
Platen roller
1
3
Sub frame unit
1
12
PO pinch roller
2
21
PU shaft
1
4
Screw (3×10)
2
13
PO guide
1
22
PU roller ass’y
1
5
RP hopper unit
1
14
PO gear
1
23
P-IN sensor lever spring
1
6
Sub frame ass’y
1
15
PO roller ass’y
1
24
P-IN sensor lever
1
7
Screw (3×10)
1
16
Film guide shaft
1
25
Sub frame
1
8
Tension gear
1
17
Platen gear
1
26
PO roller rubber
2
9
Tension spring
1
18
Platen bearing, left
1
27
PO roller shaft
1
20
21
9
22
Part name
Q’ty
Installation condition
figure right and left.
5
19
8
Part name
1
5
6
23
24
25
4
6
2
3
2
4
12
Confirm to locked.
15
22
Confirm
hook to locked.
11
10
12
7
25
11
8
9
21
13
19
23
24
14
20
16
15
26
27
25
18 17
26
Both right and left
are confirmed.
10
25
Confirm to locked.
Fig. 8
3 – 10
24
25
Both right and left
are confirmed.
20
18 , 19
23
Confirm to locked.
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
9
Top cover and RP hopper
Parts list (Fig. 9)
No.
Q’ty
No.
1
Release knob
Part name
1
10
Rotation plate
Part name
Q’ty
2
Screw
1
11
RP pad
1
3
Pinion gear
1
12
C-spring
1
1
1
4
Hopper spring
1
13
Separate plate
5
Hopper guide, right
1
14
Separate plate sheet
1
6
Hopper guide, left
1
15
Separate spring
1
7
TC sheet
1
16
A4 paper guide
1
8
Top cover
1
9
RP release plate
1
(UX-485LU only)
17
RP hopper
1
1
2
9
3
10
4
11
5
12
6
13
7
14
8
15
16
17
6
7
8
5
Note) Hopper guides move smoothly.
Operation load is 450 g range from 80 g.
30°
Fix position
4
boss
The pointed end
to be Upper
Confirm of HOPPER GUIDE position.
HOPPER
GUIDE(R)
Rib
3
GAP 0
R
1
4
16
2
GAP 0
L
Rib
HOPPER
GUIDE(L)
12
10
13
17
14
9
15
11
Applying standard
[Cross section]
0mm
Applying standard
10
11
[Upper figure]
0mm
13
0mm
0mm
Fig. 9
3 – 11
Do not run aground
in the rib.
14
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
10
Parts list (Fig. 10)
Thermal head
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Q’ty
No.
1
Mechanism unit
Part name
1
13
Head spring C
Part name
Q’ty
2
Screw (3×10)
1
14
Head spring E
2
3
Head cover
1
15
Head spring F
1
4
Screw (3×10)
2
16
Head cushion
2
5
Head earth cable
1
17
Head frame
1
6
Head unit
1
18
Static brush
1
7
Film sensor lever spring
1
19
Head cable
1
8
Film sensor lever
1
20
Screw (3×6)
1
9
Screw (3×10)
2
21
Head guide, right
1
10
Panel lock lever spring
2
22
Screw (3×6)
1
11
Head spring D
2
23
Head guide, left
1
12
Thermal head ass’y
1
24
Thermal head
1
2
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
21
24
View A
19
7
8
2
3
Rib
Install the spring
on the ditch of the rib.
20
Head earth cable
22
4
12
11
4
The head and head earth cable
pass to the core 2 times.
9
5
13
14
5
6
15
18
14
17
7
13
View A
10
1
23
16
11
16
8
4
Tightening torque
6.0±0.5kg.cm
9
10
5
6
Put the earth cable in parallel to the head frame.
Fig. 10
3 – 12
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
11
Wire treatment
Parts list (Fig. 11)
No.
Panel cable
Document
guide upper
unit
Part name
Screw (3×10)
2
Screw (4×6)
1
1
3
Core (F2125)
1
4
Screw (3×6)
1
5
Screw (3×6)
1
The Head cable and
Head earth cable pass
to the core 2 times.
Rib
Document
guide
upper unit
3
Head cable
Control
PWB
panel cable
Q’ty
1
4
CIS
cable
Tape
Operation panel unit
Operation
panel unit
Head earth cable
Roller
earth Panel
cable cable
CIS earth cable
Panel cable
1
Head earth
cable
Head
guide,
right
Head
unit
Operation
panel
PWB
5
Head
frame
Cam switch cable
Rib
AC cord earth cable
Motor
cable
2
AC cord
AC cord
earth cable
Drive
unit
Power supply PWB
Rib
Lower
Rib cabinet
Rib Speaker cable
Fig. 11
3 – 13
Thermal
head
Head
earth
cable
CIS
cable
4–1
EXT.TEL
LINE
HANDSET
SPEAKER
DRAM
4Mbit
SPEAKER
AMPLIFIER
SURGE
PROTECT/
FILTER
AMPLIFIER
AMPLIFIER
CML
AMPLIFIER
INTEGRATED ANALOG DEVICE
(20415)
FLASH MEMORY
4Mbit
CONTROL PWB UNIT
[1] Block diagram
CI
TRANSFORMER
AMPLIFIER
CLOCK
32.256MHz
BZ
TEL/LIU
PWB UNIT
CLOCK
32.768kHz
VBT
+3.3V
ROM
2Mbit
VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
SRAM
256kbit
+5V
PIO
SURGE
TRANS
ABSORBER
RECTIFIER
DIODE
TRANSFORMER
RECTIFIER
+24V
FILTER
POWER SUPPLY
PWB UNIT
LCD
THERMAL
HEAD
FILM
SENSOR
IMAGING
FILM
P-IN
SENSOR
PM
RECORDING PAPER
DRIVER
FRONT
SENSOR
CONTACT
IMAGE
SENSOR
DOCUMENT
SENSOR
OPERATION
PANEL
PANEL
RELAY
STABILIZER
REGULATOR
+5V
PANEL I/F
SIO
RESET
FAX MODEM
DSP CORE
THERMAL
HEAD I/F
SENSOR I/F
RTC
CPU
MOTOR I/F
CIS I/F
VIDEO
PROCESSING
WATCHDOG
TIMER
TIMER
CPU I/F
INTERRUPT
CONTROLLER
1CHIP FAX ENGINE (SCE114V)
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
CHAPTER 4. DIAGRAMS
FG
FG
4–2
14
OPERATION
PANEL PWB
NUIT
CNLCD
LCD UNIT
CNPN
CONTACT IMAGE SENSOR
THERMAL HEAD
[2] Wiring diagram
15
7
16
CNCIS
CNTH
TX/RX MOTOR
CNPN
CNMT
6
SPEAKER
2
CNSP
CONTROL PWB UNIT
CNCSW
2
CAM SW
CNPW
CNLIUA
FG
8
14
ARG
POWER SUPPLY
PWB UNIT
CN1
CNLIUA
TEL/LIU
PWB UNIT
CNLNJ/TLJ
MJTEL
4
FG
TEL LINE
EXTERNAL LINE
HANDSET
AC CORD
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[3] Point-to-point diagram
CNMT
TX/RX
MOTOR
THERMAL
HEAD
OPERATION
PANEL
PWB
CIS
TPBD
TPAD
TPBD
TPAD
VMT
VMT
VTH
VTH
STRB1
STRB2
THI
N.C.
THG
THG
THG
THVDD
STRB3
STRB4
LATCH
PCLK
DATA
VTH
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
CNPN
1
KEN4A
2
KEN3A
3
KEN2A
4
KEN1A
5
+3.3V
6
DG
7
+5VPN
ORGSNS 8
9
FRSNS
10
SEN3
11
SEN2
12
SEN1
13
SEN0
14
E
15
SEN4
VO
VG
CISVDD
øT
CISCLK
GLED
+24V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
CNLIUA
1
TELOUT
TELMUTE 2
3
TELIN
4
CI
5
HS
6
PE
7
PIN
8
RHS
9
RXIN
10
TXOUT
11
CML
12
+5V
13
DG
14
+24VA
TPBD
TPAD
TPBD
TPAD
VMT
VMT
CNTH
1
VTH
2
VTH
3
STRB1
4
STRB2
5
THI
6
N.C.
7
THG
8
THG
9
THG
10 THVDD
11
STRB3
12
STRB4
13
LATCH
14
PCLK
15
DATA
16
VTH
CNPN
1
KEN4A
2
KEN3A
3
KEN2A
4
KEN1A
5
+3.3V
6
DG
7
+5VPN
8 ORGSNS
9
FRSNS
10
SEN3
11
SEN2
12
SEN1
13
SEN0
14
E
15
SEN4
CNCIS
1
VO
2
VG
3
CISVDD
4
øT
5
CISCLK
6
GLED
7
+24V
TEL/LIU
PWB
CNPW
1
MG
2
MG
3
+24V
4
+24V
5
+24V
6
DG
7
+5V
8
DG
CN1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MG
MG
+24V
+24V
+24V
DG
+5V
DG
POWER
SUPPLY
PWB
CNCSW
1
CSW
2
DG
1
2
CSW
DG
CAM
SWITCH
CNSP
1
SP+
2
SP-
1
2
SP+
SP-
SPEAKER
CONTROL
PWB
4–3
CNLIUA
1
TELOUT
2 TELMUTE
3
TELIN
4
CI
5
HS
6
PE
7
PIN
8
RHS
9
RXIN
10
TXOUT
11
CML
12
+5V
13
DG
14
+24V
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
3. Operational description
CHAPTER 5. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Operational descriptions are given below:
•
[1] Circuit description
When a document is loaded in standby mode, the state of the document sensor is sensed via the 1 chip fax engine (SCE114V). If the
sensor signal was on, the motor is started to bring the document into
the standby position. With depression of the START key in the offhook state, transmission takes place.
Then, the procedure is sent out from the modem and the motor is
rotated to move the document down to the scan line. In the scan
processor, the signal scanned by the CIS is sent to the internal image processor and the AD converter to convert the analog signal into
binary data. This binary data is transferred from the scan processor
to the image buffer within the RAM and encoded and stored in the
transmit buffer of the RAM. The data is then converted from parallel
to serial form by the modem where the serial data is modulated and
sent onto the line.
1. General description
The compact design of the control PWB is obtained by using CONEXANT
fax engine in the main control section and high density printing of surface mounting parts. Each PWB is independent according to its function
as shown in Fig. 1.
2. PWB configuration
TEL/LIU
PWB
CIS
LCD
PWB
•
CONTROL
PWB
Receive operation
There are two ways of starting reception, manual and automatic.
Depression of the START key in the off-hook mode in the case of
manual receive mode, or CI signal detection by the LIU in the automatic receive mode.
POWER
SUPPLY
PWB
PANEL
PWB
Transmission operation
First, the SCE114V controls the procedure signals from the modem
to be ready to receive data. When the program goes into phase C,
the serial data from the modem is converted to parallel form in the
modem interface of the 1 chip fax engine (SCE114V) which is stored
in the receive buffer of the RAM. The data in the receive buffer is
decoded software-wise to reproduce it as binary image data in the
image buffer. The data is DMA transferred to the recording processor
within the SCE114V which is then converted from parallel to serial
form to be sent to the thermal head. The data is printed line by line by
the SCE114V which is assigned to control the motor rotation and
strobe signal.
AC CORD
MOTOR
Fig. 1
1) Control PWB
The control PWB controls peripheral PWBs, mechanical parts, transmission, and performs overall control of the unit.
This machine employs a 1-chip modem (SCE114V) which is installed on
the control PWB.
•
Copy operation
To make a copy on this facsimile, the COPY key is pressed when the
machine is in stand-by with a document on the document table and
the telephone set is in the on-hook state.
2) TEL/LIU PWB
First, depression of the COPY key advances the document to the
scan line. Similar to the transmitting operation, the image signal from
the CIS is converted to a binary signal in the DMA mode via the 1
chip fax engine (SCE114V) which is then sent to the image buffer of
the RAM. Next, the data is transferred to the recording processor in
the DMA mode to send the image data to the thermal head which is
printed line by line. The copying takes place as the operation is repeated.
This PWB controls connection of the telephone line to the unit.
3) Power supply PWB
This PWB provides voltages of +5V and +24V to the other PWBs.
4) Panel PWB
The panel PWB allows input of the operation keys.
5) LCD PWB
This PWB controls the LCD display.
5–1
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
3) 27L2000 (IC7): pin-32 DIP (ROM)
[2] Circuit description of control PWB
ROM of 2Mbit equipped with software for the main CPU.
1. General description
4) W24L257S-70LL (IC2): pin-28 SOP (SRAM)
Fig. 2 shows the functional blocks of the control PWB, which is composed of 5 blocks.
Line memory for the main CPU system RAM area and coding/decoding
process. Used as the transmission buffer.
MAIN CONTROL BLOCK
Memory of recorded data such as daily report and auto dials. When the
power is turned off, this memory is backed up by the lithium battery.
(6) FLASH
MEMORY
MODEM BLOCK
5) MSM51V4800E (IC3): pin-28 SOJ (DRAM)
(3) ROM
Image memory for recording process.
• Memory for open LCR function. (UX-465 only)
(2) INTEGRATED
ANALOG (20415)
(1) SCE114V
• Memory for recording pixel data without paper.
6) K9F4008W0A (IC6): pin-44 TSOP (FLASH MEMORY)
A 512K × 8 bit NAND FLASH MEMORY to store the voice and image
data when using memory functions.
(4) SRAM (5) DRAM
Fig. 2 Control PWB functional block diagram
2. Description of each block
(1) Main control block
The main control block is composed of CONEXANT 1 chip fax engine
(SCE114V), ROM (2Mbit), SRAM (256kbit), DRAM (4Mbit) and Integrated
Analog (20415).
Devices are connected to the bus to control the whole unit.
1) SCE114V (IC10) : pin-176 QFP (FAX CONTROLLER)
2) 20415 (IC11) : pin-32 QFP (INTEGRATED ANALOG)
The FAX ENGINE Integrated Facsimile Controllers.
SCE114V, contains an internal 8 bit microprocessor with an external 2
Mbyte address space and dedicated circuitry optimized for facsimile
image processing and facsimile machine control and monitoring.
A[23:0]
D[7:0]
RDN
WRN
CSN[1]/GPO[21]
ROMCSN
CSN[0]
SYNC/GPO[20]
CLKCONFIG[0]/REGDMA/GPO[18]
CLKCONFIG[1]/WAITN/GPO[19]
RASN
CASN[1:0]
DWRN
GPIO[0]/SR4IN
GPO[31]/SR3OUT
IARESET
IACLK/DSPCSN
IA1CLK
SA3IN/DSP1RQN
SR4OUT
SR1IO
SA1CLK
MC24 CPU CONTROL IF
MC24 MEGACALL(8-BIT DATA,24-BIT ADDRESS)
WATCHDOG TIMER
REAL TIME CLOCK
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
BATTERY BACK-UP CIRCUIT
INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
BUS INTERFACE
EXTERNAL CPU BUS
GPIO[1]/SASTXD
GPIO[2]/SASRXD
GPIO[3]/SASCLK
GPIO[4]/CPCIN
GPIO[5]/SSCLK2
GPIO[6]/SSTXD2
GPIO[7]/SSRXD2
GPIO[8]/FWRN
GPIO[9]/FRDN
GPIO[10]/SSSTAT2
GPIO[11]/BE/SERINP
GPIO[12]/CS2N
GPIO[13]/CS3N
GPIO[14]/CS4N
GPIO[15]/CS5N
GPIO[16]/IRQ8
GPIO[17]
GPIO[18]/IRQ9N
GPIO[19]/RDY/SEROUT
GPIO[20]/ALTTONE
SM[3:0/GPO[7:4]
PM[3:0/GPO[3:0]
GPIO[37]/IRQ15N
GPIO[36:25]
GPIO[30:26]
CPU BUS
DRAM CONTROL
INTERNAL & EXTERNAL BUS CONTROL
INTERNAL & EXTERNAL DECODE
DMA CONTROLLER
FAX MODEM DSP
CORE (ML 94)
TONE
OPERATOR PANEL IF
32 KEYS
8 LEDS
LCD MODULE
MOTOR POWER
CONTROL
RINGER
SSIF 1
TONE GENERATOR
GENERAL I/O
ALTTONE
GPIO
CALLING PARTY
CONTROL
AUTOBAUD
SYNC-ASYNC SASIF
SSIF 2
FLASH MEMORY IF
SEE
"OPIF
OUTPUTS"
BELOW
INTERNAL CPU BUS
SEE
"OPIF
INPUTS"
BELOW
SCANNER CONTROL & VIDEO PROCESSING
8-BIT PADC
CCD/CIS SCANNER
5 ms,A4/B4 LINES
SHADING CORRECTION(1:1,1:8)
DITHERING
MULTILEVEL B4-A4 REDUCTION
ERROR DIFFUSION
MTF....ETC.
THERMAL PRINTER IF
BI-LEVEL RESOLUTION
CONVERSION
T.4/T.6 CODEC
PROGRAMMABLE
REDUCTION &
EXPANSION
MH,MR,MMR
HARDWARE,ALTEMATE
COMPRESSION &
DECOMPRESSION
5 ms LINE TIME
A4/B4 LINES
TPH ADC
4 STROBE TPH
LATCHLESS TPH
EXTERNAL DMA I/F
4.4 KB VIDEO RAM
DMA BUS
OPIF INPUTS
START
CLK1
CLK1N/GPO[25]
CLK2/GPO[24]
FCSN[2]/VIDCTL[1]/GPO[22]
FCSN[1]/VIDCTL[0]/GPO[26]
WRPROTN
SXIN
SXOUT
TSTCLK
DEBUGN
RESETN
XIN
XOUT
PWRDWNN
BATRSTN
INTPWRDWNEN
PWR/GND
TEST
OPI[0]/GPIO[21]/SSRXD1
OPI[1]/GPIO[22]/SSSTAT1
OPI[2]/GPIO[23]/SSCLK1
OPI[3]/GPIO[24]
VIN
VREFN/CLREF
VREFP
IVREFN
IVREFP
Fig. 3
5–2
OPIF OUTPUTS
LEDCTL/GPO[16]
LCDCS/GPO[17]
OPO[0]/GPO[8]/SMPWRCTRL
OPO[1]/GPO[9]/PMPWRCTRL
OPO[2]/GPO[10]/RINGER
OPO[3]/GPO[11]
OPO[4]/GPO[12]/SSTXD1
OPO[5]/GPO[13]
OPO[6]/GPO[14]
OPO[7]/GPO[15]
THADIN
PCLK/DMAACK
PDAT
PLAT
STRB[3:0]
STRBPOL/
DMAREQ
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SCE114V (IC10) Terminal descriptions
Pin
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
Pin List
VSS
D[3]
D[2]
D[1]
D[0]
A[23]/EYEXY
A[22]/EYESYNC
A[21]/EYECLK
A[20]
A[19]
A[18]
VDD
A[17]
A[16]
A[15]
A[14]
VSS
A[13]
A[12]
A[11]
A[10]
A[9]
A[8]
A[7]
A[6]
A[5]
A[4]
VDD
A[3]
A[2]
A[1]
A[0]
GPIO[20]/ALTTONE
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
GPIO[19]/RDY/SEROUT
GPIO[11]/BE/SERINP
VSS
PCLK/DMAACK
PDAT
PLAT
STRB[3]
STRB[2]
STRB[1]
STRB[0]
STRBPOL/DMAREQ
VDD
GPIO[17]
GPIO[16]/IRQ[8]
GPIO[15]/CS[5]n
GPIO[14]/CS[4]n
GPIO[13]/CS[3]n
GPIO[12]/CS[2]n
GPIO[4]/CPCIN
VSS
LEDCTL/GPO[16]
NC
LEDCS/GPO[17]
GPIO[7]/SSRXD2
GPIO[6]/SSTXD2
I/O
−
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
−
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
−
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
−
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
−
−
−
−
−
I/O
I/O
−
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
−
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
−
O
−
O
I/O
I/O
Input
Output
Type
Type
−
Tu
Tu
Tu
Tu
Tu
Tu
Tu
Tu
Tu
Tu
−
Tu
Tu
Tu
Tu
−
Tu
Tu
Tu
Tu
Tu
Tu
Tu
Tu
Tu
Tu
−
Tu
Tu
Tu
Tu
Hu
−
−
−
−
−
Hu
Hu
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
H
−
Hu
Hu
Hu
Hu
Hu
Hu
Hu
−
−
−
−
Hu
Hu
−
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
−
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
−
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
−
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
−
−
−
−
−
13Xs
13Xs
−
3XC
2XC
3XC
1XC
1XC
1XC
1XC
−
−
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
−
4XC
−
1XC
13Xs
13Xs
Pin Description
Digital ground.
CPU data bus.
CPU data bus.
CPU data bus.
CPU data bus.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
Digital power.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
Digital ground.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
Digital power.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
CPU address bus.
GPIO[20] or ALTTONE.
No connection.
No connection.
No connection.
No connection.
No connection.
GPIO[19], bus ready or serial port data output for autobaud detection.
GPIO[11], bus enable or serial port data input for autobaud detection.
Digital ground.
Thermal Print Head (TPH) clock or ext. DMA acknowledge.
Serial printing data (to TPH).
TPH data latch.
Strobe signal for TPH.
Strobe signal for TPH.
Strobe signal for TPH.
Strobe signal for TPH.
Sets strobe polarity active high/low or ext. DMA request.
Digital power.
GPIO[17].
GPIO[16] or ext. interrupt with priority 8.
GPIO[15] or I/O chip select 5.
GPIO[14] or I/O chip select 4.
GPIO[13] or I/O chip select 3.
GPIO[12] or I/O chip select 2.
GPIO[4] or Call Party Control input.
Digital ground.
Indicates the OPO[7:0] outputs are for LEDs or GPO[16].
No connection.
LCD Chip select or GP0[17].
GPIO[7] or SSIF2 receive data.
GPIO[6] or SSIF2 transmit data.
5–3
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SCE114V (IC10) Terminal descriptions
Pin
No.
Pin List
I/O
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
GPIO[5]/SSCLK2
GPIO[10]/SSSTAT2
VDRAM
RASn
CAS[1]n
CAS[0]n
DWRn
VBAT
XIN
XOUT
WRPROTn
CS0n
TEST[1]
TEST[0]
BATRSTn
INTPWRDWNEn
PWRDWNn
I/O
I/O
−
O
O
O
O
−
I
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I/O
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
NC
ADGA
VREFn/CLREF
VIN
ADGA
ADVA
ADXG
VREFp
IVREFn
IVREFp
VDD
THADI
OPO[7]/GPO[15]
OPO[6]/GPO[14]
OPO[5]/GPO[13]
OPO[4]/GPO[12]/SSTXD1
OPO[3]/GPO[11]
OPO[2]/GPO[10]/RINGER
OPO[1]/GPO[9]/PMPWRCTRL
OPO[0]/GPO[8]SMPWRCTRL
OPI[3]/GPIO[24]
OPI[2]/GPIO[23]/SSCLK1
OPI[1]/GPIO[22]/SSSTAT1
OPI[0]/GPIO[21]/SSRXD1
RESETn
VSS
GPIO[18]/IRQ[9]n
GPIO[3]/SASCLK
GPIO[2]/SASRXD
GPIO[1]/SASTXD
GPIO[9]/FRDn
GPIO[8]/FWRn
FCSn[2]/VIDCTL[1]/GPO[22]
FCSn[1]/VIDCTL[0]/GPO[23]
CLK2/GPO[24]
CLK1n/GPO[25]
CLK1
START
VDD
TONE
VSS
GPIO[25]/STROBEN
GPIO[26]/AUTOFDN
GPIO[27]/INITN
GPIO[28]/SLCTINN
GPIO[26]/ACKN
I
−
I
I
−
−
−
I
I
I
−
I
O
O
O
O
O
OZ
O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
−
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
O
O
O
O
O
−
O
−
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
Input
Type
Output
Type
Hu
Hu
−
−
−
−
−
−
Osc1
−
−
−
Hd
Hd
H
H
H
13Xs
13Xs
−
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
−
−
Osc1
1XC
13Xs
−
−
−
−
13Xs
Analog
−
VADG
−
VR−
VA
−
VADG
−
VADV
−
VXG
−
VR
−
VR−
VR+
−
−
−
Analog
−
−
13Xs
−
13Xs
−
13Xs
−
13Xs
−
13Xs
−
13Xs
−
13Xs
−
13Xs
Hu
13Xs
Hu
13Xs
Hu
13Xs
Hu
13Xs
Hu
2XC
−
−
Hu
13Xs
Hu
13Xs
Hu
13Xs
Hu
13Xs
Hu
13Xs
Hu
13Xs
−
13Xs
−
13Xs
−
13Xs
−
13Xs
−
2XC
−
2XC
−
−
−
Analog
−
−
Hu
13Xs
Hu
13Xs
Hu
13Xs
Hu
13Xs
−
13Xs
Pin Description
GPIO[5] or SSIF2 clock.
GPIO[10] or SSIF2 status.
DRAM battery power.
(Batt. Pwr.) DRAM row address select.
(Batt. Pwr.) DRAM column address select.
(Batt. Pwr.) DRAM column address select.
(Batt. Pwr.) DRAM write.
Battery power.
(Batt. Pwr.) 32.768KHz Crystal Oscillator input.
(Batt. Pwr.) 32.768KHz Crystal Oscillator output.
(Batt. Pwr.) Write protect during loss of VDD power.
(Battery Powered) SRAM Chip select.
(Batt. Pwr.) Test mode.
(Batt. Pwr.) Test mode.
(Batt. Pwr.) Battery power reset input.
(Batt. Pwr.) Internal power down select signal.
(Batt. Pwr.) Indicates a prime power loss from ext./internal source
(mode dependent).
No Connection.
A/D analog ground.
Negative reference voltage for Video A/D.
Analog Video A/D input.
A/D analog ground.
A/D analog power.
A/D internal ground.
Positive reference voltage for Video A/D.
Internal negative reference voltage for A/D.
Internal positive reference voltage for A/D.
Digital power.
Analog Thermal A/D input.
Keyboard LED strobe 7 or GPO[15].
Keyboard LED strobe 6 or GPO[14].
Keyboard LED strobe 5 or GPO[13].
Keyboard LED strobe 4 or GPO[12] or transmit data for SSIF1.
Keyboard LED strobe 3 or GPO[11].
Keyboard LED strobe 2 or GPO[10] or ringer.
Keyboard LED strobe 1 or GPO[9] or Printer motor power control.
Keyboard LED strobe 0 or GPO[8] or Stepper motor power control.
Keyboard return 3 or GPIO[24].
Keyboard return 2 or GPIO[23] or SSIF1 clock.
Keyboard return 1 or GPIO[22] or SSIF1 status.
Keyboard return 0 or GPIO[21] or SSIF1 receive data.
Chip reset.
Digital ground.
GPIO[18] or ext. interrupt priority 9.
GPIO[3] or SASIF clock.
GPIO[2] or SASIF receive data.
GPIO[1] or SASIF transmit data.
GPIO[9] or flash read enable signal for NAND-type flash memory.
GPIO[8] or flash write enable signal for NAND-type flash memory.
Flash memory chip select 2 or video control signal 1 or GPO[22].
Flash memory chip select 1 or video control signal 1 or GPO[23].
Scanner reset gate control (or clock for CIS scanner) or GPO[24].
Scanner clock-inverted or GPO[25].
Scanner clock.
Scanner shift gate control.
Digital power.
Analog tone output.
Digital ground.
GPIO[25] or P1284 input from host.
GPIO[26] or P1284 input from host.
GPIO[27] or P1284 input from host.
GPIO[28] or P1284 input from host.
GPIO[26] or P1284 returned status to host.
5–4
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
SCE114V (IC10) Terminal descriptions
Pin
Pin List
No.
I/O
Input
Output
Type
Type
127
128
129
130
131
GPO[27]/BUSY
GPO[28]/PERROR
GPO[29]/SLCTOUT
GPO[30]/FAULTN
GPIO[29]/PIOD[0]
O
O
O
O
I/O
−
−
−
−
Hu
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
132
GPIO[30]/PIOD[1]
I/O
Hu
13Xs
133
GPIO[31]/PIOD[2]
I/O
Hu
13Xs
134
GPIO[32]/PIOD[3]
I/O
Hu
13Xs
135
GPIO[33]/PIOD[4]
I/O
Hu
13Xs
136
GPIO[34]/PIOD[5]
I/O
Hu
13Xs
137
GPIO[35]/PIOD[6]
I/O
Hu
13Xs
138
GPIO[36]/PIOD[7]
I/O
Hu
13Xs
139
140
141
142
143
144
VDD
GPIO[0]/SR4IN
GPO[31]/SR3OUT
GPIO[37]/IRQ15n
IARESET
IACLK/DSPCSn
−
I/O
O
I/O
O
O
−
Hu
−
Hu
−
−
−
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
145
146
IA1CLK
SR3IN/DSPIRGn
I/O
I
H
H
13Xs
13Xs
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
SR4OUT
SR1IO
SA1CLK
VSSPLL
TSTCLK
DEBUGn
RDn
WRn
SYNC/GPO[20]
ROMCSn
CS1n/GPO[21]
VSS
SXIN
SXOUT
VDD
PM[3]/GPO[3]
PM[2]/GPO[2]
PM[1]/GPO[1]
PM[0]/GPO[0]
SM[3]/GPO[7]
SM[2]/GPO[6]
SM[1]/GPO[5]
SM[0]/GPO[4]
REGDMA/GPO[18]/CLKConfig[0]
O
I/O
I/O
−
O
I
O
O
I/O
O
O
−
I
O
−
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
−
H
H
−
−
Hu
−
−
Hu
−
−
−
OSC0
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
−
13Xs
−
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
−
−
OSC0
−
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
171
WAITn/GPO[19]/CLKConfig[1]
I/O
Hu
13Xs
172
173
174
175
176
VDDPLL
D[7]
D[6]
D[5]
D[4]
−
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
−
Tu
Tu
Tu
Tu
−−
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
13Xs
Pin Description
GPO[27] or P1284 returned status to host.
GPO[28] or P1284 returned status to host.
GPO[29] or P1284 returned status to host.
GPO[30] or P1284 returned status to host.
GPO[29] or P1284 data or address driven by asic or host
(mode dependent).
GPO[30] or P1284 data or address driven by asic or host
(mode dependent).
GPO[31] or P1284 data or address driven by asic or host
(mode dependent).
GPO[32] or P1284 data or address driven by asic or host
(mode dependent).
GPO[33] or P1284 data or address driven by asic or host
(mode dependent).
GPO[34] or P1284 data or address driven by asic or host
(mode dependent).
GPO[35] or P1284 data or address driven by asic or host
(mode dependent).
GPO[36] or P1284 data or address driven by asic or host
(mode dependent).
Digitai power.
GPIO[0] or from secondary EXTIA SOUT to DSP.
GPO[31] or a signal to the secondary ext. IA (SIN pin) from the DSP.
GPIO[37] or a signal from the ext. IA to a DSP status register.
A reset from the DSP to the ext. IA (POR pin).
A signal from the DSP to the ext. IA (MCLK pin) or ext. modem chip
select.
A signal from the ext. IA (ICLK pin) to the DSP.
A signal from the primary ext. IA (SOUT pin) to the DSP or ext.
modem interrupt input.
A signal to the primary ext. IA (SIN pin) from the DSP.
A signal to the ext. IA (CTRL1 pin) from the DSP.
A signal from the ext. IA (FSYNC pin) to the DSP.
Ground for PLL.
Test clock, used to synchronize ext. logic.
External non-maskable input (NMI).
Read strobe.
Write strobe.
Indicates a CPU op code fetch cycle or GPO[20].
ROM chip select.
I/O chip select or GPO[21].
Digital ground.
32.256MHz crystal oscillator input.
32.256MHz crystal oscillator output.
Digital power.
Programmable print motor control pin or GPO[3].
Programmable print motor control pin or GPO[2].
Programmable print motor control pin or GPO[1].
Programmable print motor control pin or GPO[0].
Programmable scan motor control pin or GPO[7].
Programmable scan motor control pin or GPO[6].
Programmable scan motor control pin or GPO[5].
Programmable scan motor control pin or GPO[4].
Register select cycle/dma cycle or GPO[18] and sxin clock divider
config. during reset.
Wait state/halt state indication or GPO[19] and sxin lock divider config.
during reset.
Power for PLL.
CPU data bus.
CPU data bus.
CPU data bus.
CPU data bus.
5–5
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
(2) Panel control block
The following controls are performed by the SCE114V.
•
Operation panel key scanning
•
Operation panel LCD display
(3) Mechanism/recording control block
•
Recording control block diagram (1)
OPERATOR
PANEL,
KEYPAD,
LEDS & LCD
PRINTER DATA
CONTROI &
SENSORS
OPO[7:0]*
OPI[3:0]*
LEDCTL*
LCDCS*
STRB[3:0]
STRBPOL
THADI
PDAT
PCLK
PLAT
SCANNER
CONTROLS &
SENSORS
SERIAL SYNC
PORTS
(2)
(SSIF)
GENERAL
PURPOSE I/O
SYNC/ASYNC
SERIAL PORT
SASIF
VIDCTL[1:0]
VIN
VREFP
VREFN
IVREFP
IVREFN
SSCLK[2:1]*
SSTXD[2:1]*
SSRXD[2:1]*
SSSTAT[2:1]*
GPIO
SASCLK*
SASTXD*
SASRXD*
SXIN
SXOUT
SYSCLK
CRYSTAL
TELEPHONE
LINE
RXIN
TXOUT
LINE
INTERFACE
IA
SCE114V
1-CHIP
FAX ENGINE
EXTERNAL BUS
SCANNER
VIDEO
PREPROCESSING
SM[3:0]*
START
CLK2
CLK1
CLK1N
RTC
CRYSTAL
SR3IN
SR4OUT
IA1CLK
SA1CLK
IACLK
SR1IO
IARESET
PM[3:0]*
PRINTER &
SCANNER
MOTOR DRIVERS
TEST[1:0]
BATRSTN
RESETN
TONE
ALTTONE
TSTCLK
REGDMA
WAITN
SYNC
PWRDWNN
INTPWRDWNEN
XIN
XOUT
A[23:0]
D[7:0]
RDN
WRN
ROMCSN
CS[5:0]N*
CAS[0,1]N, RASN, DWRN
CS3N,
CS4N**
WRPROTN
FRDN*
FRWN*
FCLE*
FCSN[2:0]
DEBUGN
VDD
VDRAM
VBAT
VSS
ADVA
ADGA
Fig. 4
5–6
D7[7:0]
FLASH MEMORY
DRAM
(OPTION)
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
(4) Modem (SCE114V/20415) block
4. FEATURES
The modem block consists of two parts.
One is SCE114V Fax Modem DSP Core and the other is 20415 Integrated Analog Device.
•
1. FACSIMILE MODEM
The modem can operate at 14400, 12000, 9600, 7200, 4800, 2400, or
300 bps, and can perform HDLC framing per T.30 at all rates. A programmable DTMF detector, three programmable tone detectors, V.21
Channel 2 FSK 7E flag detector, Caller ID demodulator and ring detector are provided.
2. VOICE AND AUDIO CODECS
The voice coder/decoder (codec) compresses voice at an average rate of
2.9 kbps which provides 24 minutes of stored voice messages in 4 Mbits
of memory. This voice codec allows the host controller to
efficiently store and playback digital incoming messages (ICMs), outgoing
messages (OGMs).
•
The ADPCM audio codec compresses audio signals (music/voice) at 32
kbps or 24 kbps and the PCM audio codec records audio signals at 128
kbps or 64 kbps for highest fidelity coding and reproduction.
Selectable error correction coding allows storage in audio grade RAMs
(ARAMs). Echo cancellation techniques employed during playback
allow DTMF tone and Type II Caller ID CAS detection during voice/audio
codec operation to support user selectable features. The coder can record
messages from the PIA or SIA. The decoder can playback messages to
the PIA or both the PIA and SIA. Dual/signal tone transmission is available when the decoder is disabled.
3. V.23 FULL-DUPLEX MODEM AND CALLER ID
Both full-duplex transmit and receive (with asymmetric 1200/75 bps connection) and half-duplex (1200 bps) asynchronous V.23 are supported,
as will as both serial and parallel interfaces to the modem. The V.23
algorithm includes an optional, programmable. receive compromise
equalizer which is active in both V.23 and Caller ID (V.23 Receive only)
modes.
•
Common applications for V.23 include France’s Minitel and Japan’s Lowest
Cost Routing.
20415
DSP
SA1CLK
FSYNC
IA1CLK
ICLK
IACLK
MCLK
SR1IO
CTRLSIN
SR4OUT
IA
•
SOUT
GPO0
POR
-
ITU-T V.17 and V.33
-
ITU-T V.29, V.27 ter, T.30, V.21 Channel 2, T.4
-
ITU-T V.17 and V.27 ter short train
-
HDLC framing at all speeds
-
Receive dynamic range: 0 dBm to -43 dBm
-
Automatic adaptive equalization
-
Fixed and programmable digital compromise equalization
-
DTMF detect and tone detect
-
ITU-T V.21 Channel 2 FSK 7E Flag Detect
-
Ring detector
-
Programmable transmits level
-
Programmable single/dual tone transmission
Voice codec
-
24 minutes of voice storage per 4 Mbit memory
-
Near toll quality voice recording and playback
-
Programmable AGCs
-
Programmable line/microphone input and line/speaker output filters
-
Error correction coding allows ARAM usage
-
DTMF detect, tone detect, and tone transmit
-
Type II Caller ID CAS detection
-
Pitch synchronized fast and slow playback
-
Near-end echo cancellation
ADPCM Audio codec
-
High fidelity recording and playback of audio signals
-
32 kbps and 24 kbps
-
Programmable AGCs
-
Programmable line/microphone input and line/speaker output filters
-
DTMF detect, tone detect, and tone transmit
-
Type II Caller ID CAS detection
-
Near-end echo cancellation
PCM audio codec
-
128 kbps and 64 kbps
MODE 0
-
DTMF detect and tone detect
MODE1
-
Type II Caller ID CAS detection
-
Near-end echo cancellation
SIN
SR3IN
Group 3 facsimile transmission/reception
•
V.23 and Type I Caller ID
-
Full-duplex modes:
TX = 75 bps. RX = 1200 bps
TX = 1200 bps. RX = 75 bps
SCE114V
TYPICAL EXTERNAL HYBRID
TYPICAL MICROPHONE
CIRCUIT
TYPICAL SPEAKER CIRCUIT
LINEIN
LINEO
GND
-
Half-duplex mode:
-
Serial and parallel data modes
-
Programmable parallel data mode
-
5, 6, 7, or 8 data bits
-
1 or 2 Stop bits
-
Mark, Space, Even, or Odd Parity
-
Break function
-
Transmitter squelch
-
Compromise equalizer
TX = RX = 1200 bps
MICIN+
MICIN–
SPKRO+
SPKRO–
Connections for MODE 0
and MODE 1 pins are
shown for a Line IA.
Fig. 5
•
5–7
3.3V/5V operation
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[3] Circuit description of TEL/LIU PWB
(1) TEL/LIU block operational description
20415
INTEGRATED ANALOG DEVICE
1) Block diagram
TEL/LIU PWB
SP OUT
ENABLE
CONTROL PWB
W-TONE
TXOUT
RTLOOP
SPKRP-P
L1
CML
M
C
L2
MIC ENABLE
SIN
DAC
SP
DRIVER
TXMUTE
B
(0:1)
(1:0)
(0:0)
(1:1)
DAC GAIN
0,6dB
CI
MIC
GAIN
MICP
RXIN
MIC IN
LPF
0
0,20,25,30dB
UX-465L/C
ONLY
TELIN
MIC
1 ENABLE
ADC
LINEIN
LINE IN
LPF
LINE IN
1 ENABLE
SOUT
ADC GAIN
0,–4dB
0
HANDSET
VOL_A
RX
RCV VOL
TELMUTE
TX
TELOUT
LINE
DRIVER
DTMFMUTE
(0:0)
(1:1)
(1:0)
LINEOUT
VOL_A
VOL_B
VOL_C
SPEAKER
LNINSEL
LINEOUT
ENABLE
RHS
VOL_B
RANK
VOL_C
DRSNS
RXCONT
W-TONE
MUTE,0,
–6,–12dB
TXMUTE
TELMUTE
BZOUT
CML
SPMUTE
RCVOL
LEDON
VTHON
DTMFMUTE
4051
SPMUTE
IA-RESET
HS
CI
FAX
ENGINE
SCE114V
CSWI
PESNS
FRSNS
ORGSNS
PSNS
RHS
DRSNS
TXMUTE
TELMUTE
IA-RESET
Fig. 6
2) Circuit description
3) Block description
The TEL/LIU PWB is composed of the following 7 blocks.
1. Speech circuit section
1. Speech circuit section
•
2. Dial transmission section
3. Speaker amplifier section
The receiver volume is an electronic volume type, this model is
switched in 2 steps.
2. Dial transmission section
4. Ringer circuit section
•
D.P. transmission: The CML relay is turned on and off for control in
the DP calling system. (Refer to the attached sheet.)
•
DTM transmission: It is formed in the modem, and is output.
5. Externally connected TEL OFF HOOK detection circuit
6. CI detection circuit
7. Signal/DTMF transmission level & receiving level
3. Speaker amplifier section
•
Ringer volume
•
Speaker volume :It is controlled by the attenuator value of the
LINE DRIVER in the modem.
:It is controlled by the combination of the
attenuator value of the LINE DRIVER in the
modem and the ringer sending level sent from
the modem.
4. Ringer circuit section
•
5–8
The ringer sound is formed in the tone of modem when CI signal is
detected. The amplifier circuit drives the speaker of the main body.
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
5. Externally connected TEL OFF HOOK detection circuit section
•
4) Signal selection
The following signals are used to control the transmission line of TEL/
FAX signal. For details, refer to the signal selector matrix table.
The circuit current detection is turned on together with OFF HOOK
of main body or OFF HOOK of externally connected TEL. ON of
CML OFF (HS=L) is judged as OFF HOOK of externally connected
TEL.
[Control signals from output port]
Signal Name
6. CI detection circuit
•
Line connecting relay and DP generating relay
(The circuit is located H: Line make
in the TEL/LIU PWB.) L: Line break
CI is detected by the photo coupler which is integrated in series in
the primary side TEL circuit well proven in the existing unit.
SP MUTE
7. Signal/DTMF transmission level & receiving level
•
Signal transmission level setting: ATT -10 dB Circuit output: -12 dBm.
•
DTMF transmission level setting: HF -3.5 dBm
Thus, set the level.
Description
CML
(The circuit is located
in the TEL/LIU PWB.)
LF -5.0 dBm
TEL MUTE
Speaker tone mute control signal
H: Muting (Power down mode)
L: Muting cancel (Normal operation)
Handset reception mute control signal
H: Muting
L: Muting cancel
Handset receiver volume control signal
RCVOL
DTMFMUTE
(The circuit is located
in the control PWB.)
(UX-465L/C ONLY)
Volume
High Middle
RCVOL
DTMFMUTE
L
L
H
L
Low DTMF sending
L
H
L
H
Note: The DTMF sending listed above is DTMF signal
sending in the handset OFF-HOOK mode.
VOLUME SETTING
OUTPUT
VOL A
VOL B
VOL C ON-HOOK ICM/OGM ICM/OGM
VALUE
(GP02)
(GP03)
(GP04)
Receiving MONITOR
HIGH
PLAY
RINGER
HIGH
BUZZER DTMF/DP
0
1K
0
0
0
X
1
10K
1
0
0
HIGH
MID 1
MIDDLE1
—
—
—
X
2
39K
0
1
0
MID 1
MID 2
MIDDLE2
—
—
—
X
3
100K
1
1
0
MID 2
MID 3
MIDDLE3
—
—
—
X
4
200K
0
0
1
MID 3
LOW
LOW
MIDDLE
—
—
X
5
300K
1
0
1
—
—
—
—
—
FIXED
X
6
470K
0
1
1
LOW
—
—
—
FIXED
—
X
7
750K
1
1
1
—
—
—
LOW
—
—
5–9
—
HIGH
X
—
—
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[Signals for status recognition according to input signals]
NO
Signal Name (CNLIUA)
NO
1
TELOUT
8
RHS
H:The handset is in the on-hook state.
2
TELMUTE
9
RXIN
L: The handset is in the off-hook state.
3
TELIN
10
TXOUT
Incoming call (CI) detection signal
4
5
CI
11
CML
HS
12
+5V
6
7
PE
PIN
13
DG
+24V
Signal Name
RHS
CI
Function
[Other signals]
Signal Name
TEL IN
TEL OUT
SPOUT
TXOUT
RXIN
Function
Signal Name (CNLIUA)
14
Receiving signal from line or modem
Transfer signal to line
Speaker output signal
Transmission (DTMF) analog signal output
from modem
Reception (DTMF, others) analog signal input
into modem
(Example: TEL speaking)
20415
INTEGRATED ANALOG DEVICE
TEL/LIU PWB
SP OUT
ENABLE
CONTROL PWB
RTLOOP
W-TONE
L1
L2
(0:1)
(1:0)
(0:0)
(1:1)
MIC ENABLE
DAC
,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
,,
CML
SP
,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
,,
M
C
DRIVER ,,
DAC GAIN
,,
TXMUTE
0,6dB
B
,,,,,,,,,
,,
,,
,,,,,,,,,
,,
CI
,,
,,
,,
,,
MIC
,,
GAIN
1
,,
MIC IN
,,
LPF
MICP
RXIN
,,
0
,,
MIC
0,20,25,30dB
,,
ENABLE
UX-465L/C
SOUT
,,
ONLY
ADC
,,
,,
,, ADC GAIN
,,
TELIN
,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,
,,
,,
LINE IN
,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,
,,
,,
1
LPF
LINEIN
,,,,
,, 0,–4dB
,,
,,
HANDSET
0
,,
,,
LINE IN
RX
,,
,,
ENABLE
,,
,,
RCV VOL,,
,,,,,
,,
,
TELMUTE
,,
,
,,
TX
LINE
RHS
,
,,
LNINSEL ,,
DRIVER
DTMFMUTE
,,,
,, (0:0)
,
,,
TELOUT
RANK
,
,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
,,
,,,,,,,,,
,,,, ,,,,
,,
(1:1)
LINEOUT
,,
(1:0)
DRSNS
,,
VOL_A
MUTE,0,
LINEOUT
,,
VOL_B
–6,–12dB
ENABLE
,,
VOL_C
,,
SPEAKER
,,
,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,,,
,,
BZOUT
,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,,,
,,
TXOUT
SPKRP-P
SIN
CML
SPMUTE
RCVOL
LEDON
VTHON
DTMFMUTE
4051
SPMUTE
TX/RX SIGNAL
,,,,,,
SIGNAL
,,,,,, OGM/ICM/MEMO/PLAYBACK
,,,,,, OGM/MEMO/RECORD SIGNAL
Fig. 7
5 – 10
FAX
ENGINE
SCE114V
VOL_A
VOL_B
VOL_C
RXCONT
W-TONE
TXMUTE
TELMUTE
IA-RESET
HS
CI
CSWI
PESNS
FRSNS
ORGSNS
PSNS
RHS
DRSNS
TXMUTE
TELMUTE
IA-RESET
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[4] Circuit description of power supply PWB
1. Block diagram
2.5A/125V
AC IN
Noise
Filter
Circuit
Rectifying
Smoothing
Circuit
Switching
Circuit
(RCC system)
Regulator
Circuit
+5V
+24V
FUSE
4A/72V
Control
Circuit
Photo Coupler
Fig. 8
2-1. Noise filter circuit
2-4. Control circuit
The input noise filter section is composed of L1 and C1, which reduces
normal mode noise from the AC line and common mode noise to the AC
line.
This circuit controls output voltage of +24V by adjusting ON period of
Q1, looking at signal from photo coupler PC1.
2-2. Rectifying/smoothing circuit
The over current protection is performed by bringing Q1 to OFF state
through detection of voltage of T1 subwiding.
In this operation IC1 takes charge of important part.
The AC input voltage is rectified by diode D1, 2, 3, 4 and smoothed by
capacitor C2 to supply DC voltage to the switching circuit section.
The over voltage protection is performed by operating the over current
protection circuit through detection of zener diode ZD4 and short-circuiting
of load.
2-3. Switching circuit
This circuit includes MOS FET Q1 and the gate drive circuit, and components around Q1.
2-5. +5V circuit
DC voltage supplied by rectifying the output of transformer T1 with diode
D8 is stabilized by 3-terminal regulator IC1.
In this circuit, the DC voltage supplied from the rectifying/smoothing
section is converted into high frequency pulses by ON/OFF repetition of
Q1.
[5] Circuit description of CIS unit
1. CIS
2. Waveforms
Cis is an image sensor which puts the original paper in close contact
with the full-size sensor for scanning, being a monochromatic type
with the pixel number of 1,728 dots and the main scanning density of
8 dots/mm.
The following clock is supplied from SCE114V of the control board,
and VO is output.
5ms
It is composed of sensor, rod lens, LED light source, light-conductive
plate, control circuit and so on, and the reading line and focus are
previously adjusted as the unit.
Due to the full-size sensor, the focus distance is so short that the set
is changed from the light weight type to the compact type.
Approx.3.3V
øT
0V
2µs
CISCLK
VO
1V(TYP)
(White original paper)
Fig. 9
5 – 11
6–1
A
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
L105
0 R197
8 470
1
7
2
3
6
4
5
8
7
6
5
TPA
TPB
TPA
TPB
8
7
6
5
R142
120
C154
C221
SEN5
SEN6
SEN7
C222
C223
(5-5E)
(5-5E)
(5-5E)
(5-5E)
C109 1000P
C110 1000P
C111 1000P
C120 1000P
KEN1A
KEN2A
KEN3A
KEN4A
CNPN-4
CNPN-3
CNPN-2
CNPN-1
E
SEN4
SEN0
SEN1
SEN2
SEN3
CNPN-14
CNPN-15
CNPN-13
CNPN-12
CNPN-11
CNPN-10
C156
C136
C137
C138
C155
CNPNB-5
CNPNB-3
E
C102
C112
C113
C114
F
(5-6D)
(5-2H)
D
66
BZOUT1
BZOUT2
C
VIN
THADI
DG
C186 22P
B
169
SM0
168
SM1
167
SM2
166
SM3
DG
DG
C183
1
X2
32.768kHz
DG
C163 22P
DG
C182
1
N.M.
+3.3V
DG
R180
10K
N.M.
33
ALTTONE/GPIO20
120
TONE
R179
220K
A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
G
DG
DG
H
R158
N.M.
(2-6A)
I
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
N.M.
DG
CE1
DWR
I
(2-4G)
(2-4G)
(2-4G)
(2-4C)
(2-3A)
(2-4C)
(2-4A)
(2-6A)
A[18~0]
RAS
R159 N.M. CAS
R136
10K
R157 N.M.
<I>
<J>
<H>
1/6
D[7~0]
RD
R149 N.M. WR
RDMCS
2
1
4
3 RA3
2
1
4
3 RA5
2
1
4
3 RA6
2
1
4
3 RA7
2
1
4
3 RA8
R150 N.M.
N.M.
R151
<A>
<B>
<C>
<D>
<E> 5
<F> 6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
H
<BATRST>
C164
1
67
69
68
70
74
171
75
155
170
153
154
156
157
6
7
8
9
10
11
13
14
15
16
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
29
30
31
32
N.M.
RAS
CAS0
CAS1
DWR
WRPROT
C187
1
VBAT DG
DG
PWRDWN
DG
72
XIN
88
+VREF
83
–VREF/CLREF
84
VIN
92
THADI
DG
73
+3.3V
R178
DG
IVREFP
104
103
102
101
59
61
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
C199
1
DG
89
IVREFN
87
ADXG
OPI0
OPI1
OPI2
OPI3
LEDCTL
LCDCS
OPO0
OPO1
OPO2
OPO3
OPO4
OPO5
OPO6
OPO7
79
100Px5
VDRAM
71
DG
XOUT
80
R177
10M
RESET
C162
0.1
INTPWRDOWNE
78
DG
R216
VDDPLL
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
RA9
1K x 4
PWRDWN
RA14
470x4
VBAT
RA15
470x4
XIN
+VREF
–VREF/CLREF
VIN
THADI
TONE
BATREST
1
R215
C151
C150
C153
C152
C148
C147
C149
R228
STRBPOL
PWRDWN
XOUT
N.M.
49
VBAT
RD
WR
ROMCS
CS1
CS0
SYNC
REGDMA/CLKCONFIG0
WAIT/CLKCONFIG1
BATRST
2
R139
10K
C127
C128
C129
C130
C133
C132
C131
DG
VSS
DG
VSS
1000Px7
STRB3
STRB2
STRB1
STRB0
PDAT
PCLK
PLAT
151
TETCLK
152
DEBUGN
100Px7
ADVA
3
ADGA
45
46
47
48
43
42
44
VSS
STRB4
STRB3
STRB2
STRB1
PCLK
DATA
LATCH
VSS
CNTH-12
CNTH-11
CNTH-4
CNTH-3
CNTH-14
CNTH-15
CNTH-13
VSS
IC10
SCE114V(1/2)
FAX CONTROLLER
VSS
RA11
470x4
4
5
3
6
2
7
1
8
R140
270
R126
270
R125
270
86
VSS
R174
270
82,85
CLK1
CLK1N/GPO25
CLK2
START
90
117
116
115
118
1
L110
HM601
172
161
139
119
91
50
28
12
N.M.
150
C180
158
VSS
<ΦT>
DG
121
C104
N.M. R152
150
106
DG
58
<CISCLK>
CISCLK
CNCIS-5
ΦT
CNCIS-4
41
4
17
C141
X1
18P
32.256MHz
DG
DG
<M>
DG
R137
270
105
DG
C160
15P
DG
176
D4
175
D5
174
D6
173
D7
L115
N.M.
R148
1M
DG
5
6
7
8
N.M.
TEST0
TEST1
SXIN
SXOUT
DG
4
3
RA10 2
1
L116
77
76
159
160
DG
5
D0
4
D1
3
D2
2
D3
L102 N.M.
DG
5
6
7
8
L103 N.M.
DG
4
3
2
1
5
DG
<K>
N.M.
C197
DG
1
C196
1
RESETO
L113
C198
1
C195
1000P
L114 N.M.
C165
1
<L>
DG
G
D4
D5
D6
D7
L106
N.M.
C185
1
F
C143 C142 C161 C178 C179 C181 C146 C145 C144
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
E
RA2
+3.3V
DGA
C3
220/6.3
D
D0
D1
D2
D3
+3.3V
C
(4-1A)
6
B
[1] Control PWB circuit
Main control block
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
CHAPTER 6. CIRCUIT SCHEMATICS AND PARTS LAYOUT
(4-2C)
+3.3V
(6-2H)
(6-3H)
CNPNB-1
6–2
1
2
3
4
5
6
(1-3I)
(1-3I)
A
(1-6I)
(1-5I)
RD
ROMCS
R128
10K
+3.3V
D[7~0]
A[18~0]
A17
A18
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
Memory block
A
N.M.
R127
B
B
22
31
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
27
26
23
25
4
28
29
3
2
30
@ @
CE
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
16
32
1
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
OE 24
GND
VCC
VPP
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
IC7
27L2000
ROM
DG
C
C134
0.1
+3.3V
C
(4-1C)
(1-3I)
(1-3I)
CE2
N.M.
R110
0
D
22
VCC
IO1
IO2
IO3
IO4
IO5
IO6
IO7
IO8
E
VSS
CS2/OE
WE
20 CS1
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
27
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
25
24
21
23
2
26
1
WR
R108
R109
22K
VBT
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
E
14
28
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
IC2
W24L257S-70LL
SRAM
CE1
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D
DG
VBT
C107
0.1
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
F
F
(3-1A)
(3-3A)
(3-3A)
(4-2D)
(3-3A)
(3-3A)
(3-3A)
N.M.
5
41
42
CE2
READY
FRD
43
4
FWR
FCSI
3
6
8
23
7
22
R223
FALE
G
R222
10K
2
RAS
CAS
DWR
R221
10K
10
11
12
13
16
17
18
19
20
9
2
3
4
5
24
25
26
27
GND 28
GND 15
N.C. 21
1
VCC
14
VCC
DQ0
DQ1
DQ2
DQ3
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
DQ7
CE
RE
R/B
WP
WE
ALE
CLE
27
26
25
24
21
20
19
18
40
GND
1
VSS
22
VSS
44
VCC
23
VCC
I/O7
I/O6
I/O5
I/O4
I/O3
I/O2
I/O1
I/O0
IC2
K9F4008W0A
N.C.
RAS
CAS
WE
OE
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
IC3
MSM51V4800E
DRAM
FCLE
(1-3I)
(1-3I)
(1-3I)
+3.3V
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
G
H
C100
0.1
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
+3.3V
N.M.
C117
0.1
DG
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
+3.3V
RA1
N.M.
DG
RA4
H
2/6
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
6–3
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
(6-1I)
(6-1I)
(6-1I)
(5-4E)
(2-1G)
CNLIUB-1
CNLIUB-3
CNLIUA-15
(5-5E)
CNLIUA-2
CNLIUA-11
(5-1A)
(4-5C)
CNPW-9
(2-1G)
(2-2G)
(2-2G)
(2-2G)
(2-1G)
(4-4C)
(4-4C)
(4-5C)
(4-6C)
CNLIUB-2
CNLIUB-4
CNLIUA-16
CNLIUB-5
(6-1A)
(6-4H)
CNLIUA-5
CNLIUA-6
CNLIUA-7
CNLIUA-8
CNLIUA-4
(6-3A)
(6-1D)
FCS1
VOL-A
VOL-B
VOL-C
VTHON
RLYCONT
DPON
LEDON
TELMUTE
CML
PNLON
RBNSNS
PSAVE
FRSNS
FRD
FWR
FCLE
FACE
READY
ORGSNS
DRSNS
CSWI
DPMUTE
DPMUTE
ERLY
TXMUTE
RCVOL
SPMUTE
PE
PIN
RHS
CI
HS
B
DG
B
5
4
N.M.
R176 N.M.
R189 470
C202
R173
DG
N.M. 1K
R138
0
R191
R190
C218
C211
DG
R217 N.M.
N.M.
RA13 270x1
R195
N.M.
R192
R193
DG
4
3 RA12
2 270x4
1
3
2 RA13
1 270x3
R153 N.M.
C212
R156 N.M.
R196
270
C200
DG
R154 N.M.
C213
DG
R194
N.M.
5
6
7
8
6
7
8
R155 N.M.
C214
R175 N.M.
DG
C207
C206
C208
C205
C203
SIGMUTE
DTMFMUTE
Modem block
A
165
162
163
164
114
113
127
126
128
110
140
141
130
129
109
108
63
64
57
52
53
54
55
56
40
65
111
112
62
39
107
51
123
122
125
124
131
137
136
135
134
133
132
142
138
GPO3
GPO2
GPO1
GPO0
GPO23/FCS/VIDCOTL0
GPO22/VIDCNT1
GPO27
GPO26
GPO28
GPO29
GPIO2
GPIO1
GPIO0
GPO31
GPO30
GPIO3
D
D
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
IARESET
SA1CLK
IA1CLK
IACLK
SR1IO
SR4OUT
SR3IN
IC10
SCE114V(2/2)
FAX CONTROLLER
GPIO14
GPIO13
GPIO12
GPIO11
GPIO10
GPIO9/FRD
GPIO8/FWR
GPIO7
GPIO6
GPIO5
GPIO4
GPIO16
GPIO15
GPIO19
GPIO18
GPIO17
GPIO25
GPIO26
GPIO28
GPIO27
GPIO35
GPIO34
GPIO33
GPIO32
GPIO31
GPIO30
GPIO29
GPIO37
GPIO36
C
C
34
35
36
37
38
60
81
143
149
154
144
148
147
146
R172
0
R147
270
E
E
DG
R145
0
C177
R146
270
DG
N.M.
25
27
28
29
30
32
2
3
22
24
23
7
6
26
31
1
5
4
F
F
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
RESERVED
RESERVED
RESERVED
MODE0
MODE1
POR
ICLK
MCLK
CTRLSIN
SIN
SOUT
FSYNC
LINEO
LINEIN
SPKRC-
SPKRC+
MICBAIS
MICIN-
MICIN+
AGND
VREF
AVSS
AVSS
AVDD
DVSS
DVDD
IC11
20415
INTEGRATED
ANALOG
17
9
19
18
12
11
10
14
13
8
16
15
20
21
G
G
R188
2.2K
C176
0.1
C175
0.1
C8
10/50
C174
0.1
DG
C159
0.1
N.M.
L104
R171
1K
C173
0.1
C6
10/50
H
SIGTX
SIGRX
R168
0
SPOUT
TELOUTI
MAG
MAG
C7
10/50
L109
15
+3.3V
H
(6-5F)
(6-6E)
(6-4D)
(6-2D)
DG
+5.0V
3/6
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
6–4
1
2
3
4
5
6
B
A
CNPN-9
CNPN-8
+5V
CNCSW-1
1
ORGSNS
(1-6G)
FRSNS
2
3
RESETO
C215
+3.3V
R206
220
SW1
COVER SW
<+5V>
DG
CSW
B
R203
10K
DG
R204
1
R129
270
R112
270
N.M.
OUT
GND
2
R105
270
DG
B
DG
DRSNS
C
R202
4.7K
DG
E
(3-3A)
(3-3A)
(3-2A)
(3-4A)
(3-4A)
CE2
PWRDWN
Q108
2SC2412K
C119
100P
C
N.M.
FRSNSI
R227
+3.3V
ORGSNSI
N.M.
RBNSNS
R226
+3.3V
C118
100P
DG
4
3
CSWI
C
<DRSNS>
<RBNSNS>
R225
DG
C126
100P
R224
+3.3V
N.M.
+3.3V
N.M.
R101
270
PI1
SG206S
IC100
R205
51K
VCC
DG
2
1
Sensor/Reset/Power
supply block
A
(2-4C)
(1-1G)
D
D
CNPW-5
CNPW-2
CNPW-1
CNPW-4
CNPW-3
CNPW-8
CNPW-6
CNPW-7
+24V
MG
MG
+24V
+24V
DG
DG
+5V
E
E
DG
R1
R208
0
R220
0
N.M.
L1
N.M.
R207
BAT1
CR2032
N.M.
F
N.M.
R209
R210
0
C217
0.1
R198
5.6K
F
MG
C216
0.1
R100
0
DG
+5V
D103
1SS355
K
A
DG
IN
+24VA
C13
22/50
1
G
+24VA
+3.3V
VBAT
CNLIUA-14
C188
1
L111
0
<VBT>
<DG>
OUT
G
2
REG1
XC62FP3302P
+24V
3
K
C12
100/50
D104
HRW0202
C14
47/25
FG
A2
A1
+3.3VA
G
C9
220/6.3
+5V
H
DG
DG
DG
+3.3V
H
CNCSW-2
CNPN-6
CNLIUA-13
CNPN-5
CNLIUA-12
4/6
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
6–5
1
2
3
4
5
6
B
C
A
(3-2A)
(5-5H)
+24V
+3.3V
CNCIS-1
PNLON
R103
10K
VG
R102
30
<VO>
LEDON
VO
B
B
DG
E
Q109
C
E
C
R212
R211
C105
0.1
+5V
DG
+24V
CNCIS-6
C
N.M.
1
3
VIN
VG
CISVDD
CNCIS-7
Q110
2
<DG>
<VIN>
GLED
C103
0.1
C184
0.01
Q100
KTA1504GR
L100
0
VG
DG
C1
220/6.3
B
R104
5.1K
CISVDD
D
R213
0
D
+5V
CNCIS-2
CNCIS-3
(1-1F)
Video processing/Motor driver / Thermal block
A
CNPN-7
(3-1A)
E
E
+3.3V
VTHON
(3-2A)
(1-1E)
(1-1E)
(1-1E)
(1-1E)
B
MG
C
L112
0
DG
E
Q103
KRC106
LEDON
4
TPB
F
E
7B
6B
5B
4B
3B
2B
1B
R141
470K
R161
20K
THG
4
2
D100
1SS355
MG
MG
L108
0
RY1
OJE-SH-124M
9
COM
16
1C
15
2C
14
3C
13
4C
12
5C
11
6C
7C 10
+24V
IC4
KID65001AP
+24V
8
7
6
5
3
2
1
TPA
TPB
TPA
F
L107
0
DG
G
C11
100/50
C167
1
THG
N.M.
R160
22K
+24V
FU100
KAB2402
D1
1N4748
R214
C10
10/50
3
1
G
DG
DG
TPBD
TPAD
TPBD
TPAD
THG
THG
THG
VTH
VTH
VTH
THVDD
THI
THADI
H
N.M.
C168
VMT
VMT
LEDON
N.M.
C166
H
CNTH-5
(1-1F)
CNTH-10
CNTH-9
CNTH-8
CNTH-7
CNTH-16
CNTH-2
CNTH-1
(5-3A)
CNMT-1
CNMT-2
CNMT-3
CNMT-4
CNMT-6
CNMT-5
5/6
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
6–6
1
2
3
4
5
6
B
(3-5A)
CNLIUA-9
(3-6A)
CNLIUA-10
CNMIC-3
CNMIC-2
CNMIC-1
CNLIUA-1
A
DG
RCVOL
RXIN
B
R181
N.M.
R166
0
DG
DG
E
C
C204
0.1
R165
0
R201
100K
DG
B
DG
4
+
–
R184
11K
2
3
8
DG
R199
4.7K
DG
R169
IC12
1
C193
R167
0
C
DG
E
B
Q104
KRC102S
C201
0.1
N.M.
C
(3-2A)
D106
SIGTX
IC12
C171
0
W-TONE
N.M.
DG
C220
+
–
C192
0
C
(3-3H)
Q101
R170
N.M.
D
+5V
TELIN
CML
SIGRX
D107
DG
B
DTMFMUTE
DG
E
C
D101
1SS355
+5V
B
C
(3-6A)
CNLIUA-3
(3-2A)
5
4
E
C139
IC9
E
DG
3
2
1
N.M.
4
2
5
1
12
15
14
13
X7
X6
X5
X4
X3
X2
X1
X0
F
X
F
6
7
8
16
3
+5V
DG
C122
0.1
C125
0
R123
3K
C124 R124
0.1 15K
11
A
10
B
9
C
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
IC8
4051
SPOUT
CNLIUA-8
(3-4A)
(3-3H)
R118
1.2M
R120
750K
R119
470K
R117
330K
R116
160K
R113
62K
R114
15K
R115
1K
(3-2H)
RCVOL
TELOUT1
N.M.
R219
R218
D102
1SS355
B
+5V
R130
DG
E
Q107
C194
1
(3-4H)
+5V
C158
R187
R131
R144
DG
R186
0
N.M.
Q102
R185
DG
C172
1
1
DG
+24VA
+5VA
DG
C5
C219
3
2
N.M.
DG
C170
DG
C4
DG
C209
1
C190
R162
R164
R182
0
R183
0
C191
D
E
Q105
KRC102S
R200
39K
+5VA
+5V
C189
0
C
E
C
Q106
KRC102S
C210
1
DG
R163
R143
D105
02DZ5.1Y
B
DG
C169
0
SIGMUTE
TXOUT
C157
TELOUT
Analog signal block
A
R121
100K
R122
DG
G
R132
100K
C115
1
N.M.
G
4
2
3
5
DG
DG
BZOUT2
H
VOLC
VOLB
VOLA
R134
20K BZOUT1
N.M.
R135
SP-
SP+
SPMUTE
C2
47/25
DG
C123
4700P
IC5
NJM2113
DG
7
6
8
R133
15K
C140
0.01
1
+
–
R111
150K
C116
220P
+5V
H
(3-1A)
(3-1A)
(3-1A)
(1-1F)
(1-1F)
(3-5A)
CNSP-2
CNSP-1
6/6
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
Control PWB parts layout (Top side)
6–7
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
Control PWB parts layout (Bottom side)
6–8
6–9
1
2
3
4
5
6
B
TLJ-1
CNLNJ-5
CNLNJ-4
CNLNJ-3
CNLNJ-2
TLJ-2
A
JP4
N.M.
JP2
AR2
RA-391P-V6-2
EX-L1
L2
L1
EX-L2
JP5
JP3
JP6
B
N.M.
JP7
JP10
L1 B
L1
L1 A
JP11
N.M.
[2] TEL/LIU PWB circuit
A
N.M.
JP8
N.M.
L3
N.M.
AR1
VA2
ERZV5D471
JP9
L2
ARG
N.C.
VA1
ERZV5D471
C
C
C
C
B
M
CML2B
N.M.
M
B
N.M.
CML 2A
C
M
B
CML1
OUAZ-SH-124DZ
N.M.
L7
C101
JP12
C4
0.82
D
R6
30
R4
91
ZD3
HZ2C1
N.C.
N.C.
D
1
R101
22K
PC1
PC814X
PC5
TLP521
D1
1SS133
ZD6
HZ27-C
ZD1
R3
22K(1/2W)
2
ZD4
HZ2C1
E
E
~ +
REC1
~ +
N.M.
R2
N.M.
R100
C3
R1
VA3
PC2
N.M.
C1
F
F
ZD5
N.M.
C103
1
R108
PC3
R103
C15
0.01
2
T1
I2164
G
C2
ZD2
3
4
G
S
D
R109
G
R104
C8
C108
1000P
PC4
R102
N.M.
N.M.
H
IN/OUT
N.M.
R107
JP17
DG
Q1
N.M.
ZD10
HZ2C1
C11
ZD9 22/50
HZ2C1
JP18
H
+5V
(2-5D)
1/3
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
6 – 10
1
2
3
4
5
6
B
A
MJTEL1-3
MJTEL1-2
CNHJ-1
CNHJ-4
(1-5I)
C100
2200P
RX-
RX+
TX-
TX+
+5V
C115
1
IN/OUT
JP15
L6
L5
JP13
N.M.
L4
JP14
N.M.
B
D3
C9
22/50
+5V
C105
0.1
DG
C111
1000P
DG
R110
150
C
DG
R139
3.3K
C120
1000P
DG
DG
R136
0
1
ZD7
IC101A
NJM2904M
R125
43K
R123 N.M.
N.M.
C10
6
+ 5
–
R130
86.6K
C114
33P
D
7
C
D
DG
E
B
Q104
DTC143ZK
R129
4.7K
R126
0
– 6
+ 5
R140
220K
C119
220P
+5VA
IC101B
NJM2904N
DG
R127
3.3K
IC102B
NJM2904M
N.M.
7
C112
3900P
2 –
3 +
ZD8
R128
3.3K
DG
+5VA
C121
220P
C125
VREF
B
C
N.M.
Q100
2SC2412KR
DG
E
C
R113
5.1K
C107 R133
D4 N.M.
C104
2200P
JP16
N.M.
C7
4.7/50
R135
C5
22/50
R105
1K DG
DG
R117
C116
C106
0.039
R114
1.5K
C117
1
R132
300
R116
620
TEL/LIU PWB circuit
A
N.M. C14
C127
820P
R144
47K
R131
20K
R134
20K
DG
TXOUT
E
E
+24VA
R137
8.2K
R138
39K
1
IC102A
NJM2904M
IC102C
NJM2904M
CNLIUA-1
DG
4
8
R141
15K
C124
33P
2 –
3 +
VREF
TELOUT
CNLIUA-10
+5VA
F
F
C123
0.1
DG
4
8
R142
3.3K
IC101C
NJM2904M
C122
0.1
G
G
H
TELMUTE
TELIN
RXIN
H
CNLIUA-2
CNLIUA-3
CNLIUA-9
2/3
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
6 – 11
1
2
3
4
5
6
B
A
DG
SW1
+5V
B
+24V
R120
R119
TEL/LIU PWB circuit
A
PC1
PC814X
PC4
CML2
N.M.
CML1
OUAZ-SH-124DZ
D2
1SS133
DG
DG
DG
PC5
TLP521
N.M.
PC3
N.M.
PC2
C
C
C
C113
1000P
C109
N.M.
N.M.
N.M.
B
B
C
DG
E
B
Q101
DTC143ZK
DG
DG
DG
DG
E
Q102
DG
E
Q103
C110
C
CML
RHS
HS
CI
DPMUTE
DPMUTE
DPON
DPON
D
CNLIUA-11
CNLIUA-8
CNLIUA-5
CNLIUA-4
CNLIUB-2
CNLIUA-16
CNLIUB-1
CNLIUA-15
D
E
+5VA
+24VA
VREF
+24V
E
JP100
0
R5
1K(1W)
DG
C118
0.1
DG
2
1
2
1
C6
10/25
F
C12
22/50
DG
PE
PIN
SG206S
F
C13
22/50
R111
20K
R124
20K
TP1
TP2
DG
DG
DG
C126
0.1
R112
0
N.M.
4
3
4
3
R143
1K
R118
100
+5V
N.M.
G
PE
PIN
G
DG
CNLIUA-6
CNLIUA-7
CNLIUA-13
+5V
CNLIUA-12
+24V
CNLIUA-14
H
H
3/3
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
TEL/LIU PWB parts layout (Top side)
6 – 12
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
TEL/LIU PWB parts layout (Bottom side)
6 – 13
A
N.M.
C19
6 – 14
2
B
C3
470P
C2
150/200
C7
4700P
Q3
2SC1740S
1
CN2
F1
2.5A/125V
V1
ERZV07D241-CS
C18
L1
D4
ERA15-06
D2
ERA15-06
R9
470
C
R10
0.15(1/2W)
R8
47K
ZD1
N.M.
Q1
FS5KM-14
C
Q2
2SC1741AS QR
C5
4700P
C17
1000P
D
E
E
D5
1SS133
PC1
PS2501-1L
R6*
47K
R7
180
R4
330
R5
5.6K
C22
330P
C4
2200P
R6*: Adjustment Resistor
R23
100
C20
1500P
R3
180K
R2
820K
D
ZD2
RD4.3ESAB2
T1
PTTN103
FB1
C11
0.1
F
ZD5
RD6.2ESAB2
R18
1.8K
C10
330/16
D8
SR140
C8
330/35
D7
S3L20U-4004P15
N.M. C13
F
Q4
2SC1740S
1
R1
1M
C1
0.1
D3
ERA15-06
D1
ERA15-06
[3] Power supply PWB circuit
B
PC1
PS2501-1L
2
3
4
5
6
A
C21
1000P
R17
2.2K
VR1
470
C12
0.1
R14
1.5K
R15
330K
R13
270
R16
6.8K
1
2
3
G
C14
0.1
IC1
BA178M05T
ZD4
RD30FB3
G
R21
3.3K
C16
N.M.
R22
3.3K
F3
CCP2E100
8
7
DG
+5V
DG
+24V
5
6
+24V
4
+24V
MG
2
3
MG
1
CN1
H
H
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
F3
Power supply PWB parts layout
6 – 15
6 – 16
C1
22/50
16
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
10
+5V
GND 8
VCC
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
DG
+3.3V
DG
C3
22000P
+3.3V
REPEAT
DELETE
RECEPTION
RESOLUTION
DG
STOP
PLAY
DOWN
R1
6.2K
CNPN-14
CNPN-15
DG
R2
1K
R5 100K
R4 100K
A
B
C
D
VO
DG
+5V
GND
2Y3
2Y4
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
1Y1
CNLCD-1
CNLCD-2
CNLCD-3
CNLCD-5
IC2
AHCT244N
2A3
2A4
1OE
2OE
VCC
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
R/W
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
1
19
20
LD5
LD6
LD7
SEN4
E
+5V
2
LD4
START
COPY
UP
C2
22000P
D
REC
FUNC
R8 100K
NOTE: Since the parts of PWB cannot be supplied, change it as a unit.
DG
C4
22/50
N.C.
A3
A2
A1
A0
IC1
HC147
R11 100K
+5V
DG
14
KEN4A
+3.3V
6
KEN3A
15
7
KEN2A
N.C.
9
KEN1A
+3.3V
D4
1SS133
D3
1SS133
R6 100K
1
LD7
SEN3
D2
1SS133
R3 100K
CNPN-6
LD6
SEN2
D1
1SS133
C
R9 100K
CNPN-7
LD5
SEN1
R10 100K
CNPN-5
CNPN-1
CNPN-2
CNPN-3
CNPN-4
CNPN-10
CNPN-11
CNPN-12
CNPN-13
SEN0
LD4
[4] Operation panel PWB circuit
B
R7 100K
2
3
4
5
6
A
10
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
18
N.C.
N.C.
E
CNPN-8
CNPN-9
DG
ORGSNS
FRSNS
R17
LCD4
LCD5
LCD6
LCD7
RS
LCDE
#
R12 200
R13 200
R14 200
R15 200
R16 200
SPEAKER
9
8
0
HOLD
6
5
F
ORGSNS
FRSNS
CNLCD-6
CNLCD-14
CNLCD-4
CNLCD-12
CNLCD-13
CNLCD-11
REDIAL
3
SPEED
F
2
E
04
02
DG
G
G
05
03
01
CNPN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
DG
+5V
ORGSNS
FRSNS
SEN3
SEN2
SEN1
SEN0
E
SEN4
KEN4A
KEN3A
KEN2A
KEN1A
+3.3V
7
4
1
H
H
CNLCD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
DG
+5V
VO
RS
R/W
LCDE
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
LCD4
LCD5
LCD6
LCD7
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
CHAPTER 7. OPERATION FLOWCHART
[1] Protocol
Transmitter side
(Document inserted into
document sensor during
standby)
Receive side
G3 communication
CED
To recording
position
CED
NSF
NSF
CSI
CSI
DIS
DIS
TSI
Document inserted to
the reading position
TSI
(DCS)
NSS
NSS
(DCS)
TCF
TCF
CFR
IMAGE
SIGNAL
IMAGE
SIGNAL
CFR
1st page
RTC
RTC
Next page insert
command
Cut line printed
MPS
MPS
MCF
IMAGE
SIGNAL
IMAGE
SIGNAL
MCF
RTC
RTC
EOP
EOP
Cut line printed
MCF
MCF
DCN
DCN
Recording paper ejected
7–1
Document ejected
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[2] Power on sequence
START
CPU initialized
MODEM initialized
“WAIT A MOMENT” display
STOP key ?
NO
“MEMORY CLEAR ?” display
NO
3 sec ?
YES
1
YES
STAND-BY
START key ?
NO
2
YES
COPY key ?
1
2
“MEMORY CLEARED” display
“MEMORY CLEARED” display
Memory clear
Memory clear
STAND-BY
PROCESS CHECK MODE
NO
YES
STOP key ?
NO
3 sec ?
NO
YES
STAND-BY
7–2
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
CHAPTER 8. OTHERS
[1] Service tools
1. List
NO.
PARTS CODE
1
CPWBS3002SCS1
Extension board unit (Control PWB)
1
PRICE
RANK
BK
2
3
CPWBF3003SCS1
PSHEZ3354SCZZ
Extension board unit (TEL/LIU PWB)
Shading wave memory standard paper
1
1
BP
AD
Q’TY
PRICE
RANK
DESCRIPTION
Q’TY
Extension board unit
TEL/LIU PWB
J6
J5
(GND)
P-E
K
A
C
E
K
A
C
E
TP2
P-E
R20
TP3
P-IN
J13
(+5V)
P-IN
CNLIU
1
14
PI1
1
CNLIUA
14
E
C
A
K
RBNSNS
R221
(BOTTOM SIDE)
DRSNS
CONTROL PWB
NO.
PARTS CODE
DESCRIPTION
1
CCNW–4756SC01
SPEAKER RELAY CABLE
1
AK
2
CCNW–4757SC01
PANEL RELAY CABLE
1
AW
3
CCNW–4758SC01
CIS RELAY CABLE
1
AQ
4
CCNW–4759SC01
HEAD RELAY CABLE
1
AX
5
CCNW–4760SC01
CAM SWITCH RELAY CABLE
1
AK
6
CCNW–4763SC01
MOTOR RELAY CABLE
1
AP
7
QCNW–4969SCZZ
PAPER SENSOR RELAY CABLE
1
BF
8
VRS–TS2AD221J
RESISTOR (1/10W 220Ω ±5%)[R221]
1
AA
AG
9
V H P S G 2 0 6 S / / –1
PHOTO TRANSISTOR [PI1]
1
10
QSW–M2259XHZZ
COVER SWITCH [SW1]
1
AF
11
QCNCM2575SC1D
CONNECTOR (14PIN)[CNLIUA]
1
AC
12
VRD –HT2EY101J
RESISTOR (1/4W 100Ω ±5%)[R20]
1
AA
13
V H P S G 2 0 6 S / / –1
PHOTO TRANSISTOR [P-IN]
1
AG
14
V H P S G 2 0 6 S / / –1
PHOTO TRANSISTOR [P-E]
1
AG
15
QCNCW2509SC1D
CONNECTOR (14PIN)[CNLIU]
1
AF
8–1
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
2. Description
2-1. Relay board unit
1. Remove the TEL/LIU PWB, control PWB and Power Supply PWB
from this unit, and mount the relay board unit instead.
•
Before connecting the wiring to the relay board unit, set the test
PWB switches to the fixed position.
2. The setting is as follows.
• The relay cables are used as one pair.
• The cover swtich and hook switch are manually operated.
• The recording paper sensor(P-E) is not used.
Relay
cable
The hook switch are operated by OR of the mechanical unit switch and
the test PWB switch. When performing installation in the machine unit,
set the test PWB switches to the fixed position.
1
CNLIUA
CNLIUA
14
CHECK
TEL/LIU
PWB
Mechanical unit
PWB to be tested
Actual operation with mechanical unit
Hook SW
ON/OFF operation
ON-HOOK
PWB sensor check
Hook SW
CN1
CNPW
ON-HOOK
POWER
SUPPLY
PWB
CHECK
CONTROL
PWB
NOTE
CHECK
CONTROL
PWB
DON'T SEPARATE
CHECK
TEL/LIU
PWB
UNIT
RELAY CABLE
PAPER SENSOR RELAY CABLE (QCNW-4969SCZZ)
+5V(J13) (TEL/LIU)
DG(J5)
(TEL/LIU)
TO
P-E(TP2)* (TEL/LIU)
EXTENSION
P-IN(TP3) (TEL/LIU)
PWB
RBNSNS (CONTROL)
DRSNS (CONTROL)
POWER
SUPPLY
PWB
WHITE
BLACK
BROWN
RED
TO
CHECK
PWB
ORANGE
YELLOW
* P-E is not used.
8–2
ON/OFF operation
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
3. Shading paper
The white and black basis is applied to remember the shading waveform. Be sure to perform this operation when replacing the battery or
replacing the control PWB. Execute in the shading mode of DIAG mode.
SHADING WAVE MEMORY STANDARD PAPER (PSHEZ3579SCZZ)
8–3
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[2] IC signal name
CONTROL PWB UNIT
IC4: VHiKiD65001AP (KID65001AP)
IC2: VHiW24L257S7L (W24L257S-70LL)
(TOP VIEW)
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 COM
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
A14
1
28 VDD
A12
2
27 WE
A7
3
26 A13
A6
4
25 A8
A5
5
24 A9
A4
6
23 A11
A3
7
22 CS2/OE
A2
8
21 A10
Pin name
Signal
20 CS1
A0~A14
CS1/CS2
Address input
A1
1
I1
2
I2
3
I3
4
I4
5
I5
6
I6
7
8
I7 GND
9
A0 10
19 IO8
IO1 11
18 IO7
IO2 12
17 IO6
IO3 13
16 IO5
VSS 14
15 IO4
WE
OE
I/O1~I/O8
Chip enable
Write enable
Write enable
Data I/O
VDD
Power source
VSS
Ground
IC5: VHiNJM2113M-1 (NJM2113M)
IC7: VHi27L20012MX (27L2000)
CD
1
8
VO2
FC2
2
7
GND
FC1
3
6
VCC
VIN
4
5
VO1
VPP
A16
A15
A12
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
Q0
Q1
Q2
GND
(TOP VIEW)
IC3: RH-iX2168SCZZ (MSM51V4800E)
28 VSS
DQ1 2
27 DQ8
DQ2 3
26 DQ7
DQ3 4
25 DQ6
A2 12
17 A5
A3 13
16 A4
WE 7
RAS 8
A9R 9
VCC 14
SIGNAL
ADDRESS INPUT
DATA INPUT/OUTPUT
CHIP ENABLE INPUT
OUTPUT ENABLE INPUT
PROGRAMMABLE ENABLE INPUT
PROGRAM SUPPLY VOLTAGE
NO INTERNAL CONNECTION
POWER SUPPLY PIN (+5V)
GROUND PIN
IC11:VHiSCE114V/-1 (20415)
SIGNAL
ADDRESS INPUT
ROW ADDRESS STROBE
COLUMN ADDRESS STROBE
DATA INPUT/OUTPUT
OUTPUT ENABLE
WRITE ENABLE
POWER SUPPLY (+3.3V)
GROUND
NO INTERNAL CONNECTION
CTRLSIN
Reserved
Reserved
SOUT
SIN
FSYNC
POR
AVSS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
AVSS
AVDD
AGND
VREF
MICBIAS
MICIN–
MICIN+
LINEIN
18 A6
NC 6
PIN NAME
A0~A17
Q0~Q7
CE
OE
PGM
VPP
NC
VCC
GND
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
A1 11
DQ4 5
VCC
PGM
A17
A14
A13
A8
A9
A11
OE
A10
CE
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
A0 10
PIN NAME
A0~A8, A9R
24 DQ5
RAS
23 CAS CAS
DQ1~DQ8
22 OE
OE
21 NC WE
VCC
20 A8
VSS
NC
19 A7
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
NC
ICLK
NC
NC
NC
NC
MCLK
NC
VCC 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
15 VSS
8–4
MODE0
MODE1
Reserved
DVDD
DVSS
SPKRO–
SPKRO+
LINEO
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
IC10: VHiSCE114V/-1 (SCE114V)
GPIO[31]
GPIO[32]
GPIO[33]
GPIO[34]
GPIO[35]
GPIO[36]
VDD
GPIO[0]/SR4IN
GPO[31]/SR3OUT
GPIO[37]/IRQ15N
IARESET
IACLK/DSPCSN
IA1CLK
SR3IN/DSPIRQN
SR4OUT
SR1IO
SA1CLK
VSSPLL
TSTCLK
DEBUGN
RDN
WRN
SYNC/GPO[20]
ROMCSN
CS1N/GPO[21]
VSS
SXIN
SXOUT
VDD
PM[3]/GPO[3]
PM[2]/GPO[2]
PM[1]/GPO[1]
PM[0]/GPO[0]
SM[3]/GPO[7]
SM[2]/GPO[6]
SM[1]/GPO[5]
SM[0]/GPO[4]
REGDMA/GPO[18]
WAITN/GPO[19]
VDDPLL
D[7]
D[6]
D[5]
D[4]
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
VSS
D[3]
D[2]
D[1]
D[0]
A[23]/EYEXY
A[22]/EYESYNC
A[21]/EYECLK
A[20]
A[19]
A[18]
VDD
A[17]
A[16]
A[15]
A[14]
VSS
A[13]
A[12]
A[11]
A[10]
A[9]
A[8]
A[7]
A[6]
A[5]
A[4]
VDD
A[3]
A[2]
A[1]
A[0]
GPIO[20]/ALTTONE
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
GPIO[19]/RDY/SEROUT
GPIO[11]/BE/SERINP
VSS
PCLK/DMAACK
PDAT
PLAT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
VREFP
ADXG
ADVA
ADGA
VIN
VREFN/CLREF
ADGA
NC
PWRDWNN
INTPWRDWNEN
BATRSTN
TEST[0]
TEST[1]
CS0N
WRPROTN
XOUT
XIN
VBAT
DWRN
CAS[0]N
CAS[1]N
RASN
VDRAM
GPIO[10]/SSSTAT2
GPIO[5]/SSCLK2
GPIO[6]/SSTXD2
GPIO[7]/SSRXD2
LCDCS/GPO[17]
NC
LEDCTRL/GPO[16]
VSS
GPIO[4]/CPCIN
GPIO[12]/CS[2]N
GPIO[13]/CS[3]N
GPIO[14]/CS[4]N
GPIO[15]/CS[5]N
GPIO[16]/IRQ[8]
GPIO[17]
VDD
STRBPOL/DMAREQ
STRB[0]
STRB[1]
STRB[2]
STRB[3]
8–5
GPIO[30]
GPIO[29]
GPO[30]
GPO[29]
GPO[28]
GPO[27]
GPO[26]
GPIO[28]
GPIO[27]
GPIO[26]
GPIO[25]
VSS
TONE
VDD
START
CLK1
CLK1N/GPO[25]
CLK2/GPO[24]
FCSN[1]/VIDCTL[0]/GPO[23]
FCSN[2]/VIDCTL[1]/GPO[22]
PGIO[8]/FWRN
PGIO[9]/FRDN
PGIO[1]/SASTXD
PGIO[2]/SASRXD
PGIO[3]/SASCLK
PGIO[18]/IRQ[9]N
VSS
RESETN
OPI[0]/GPIO[21]/SSRXD1
OPI[1]/GPIO[22]/SSSTAT1
OPI[2]/GPIO[23]/SSCLK1
OPI[3]/GPIO[24]
OPO[0]/GPO[8]/SMPWRCTRL
OPO[1]/GPO[9]/PMPWRCTRL
OPO[2]/GPO[10]/RINGER
OPO[3]/GPO[11]
OPO[4]/GPO[12]/SSTXD1
OPO[5]/GPO[13]
OPO[6]/GPO[14]
OPO[7]/GPO[15]
THADI
VDD
VREFP
VREFN
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[3] Changing the record paper size (UX-465L/C only)
How to change the A4 size and letter size of the record papers
1) It becomes the record paper of the A4 size by installing A4 guide (PGiDM2535XHSC)
which shows in the drawing. Remove A4 guide when you use the record paper of the letter size.
Record paper hopper
A4 Guide
PGiDM2535XHSC
2) Set soft switch SW-L2 No.1 and the initialization of SW-L2 No.2 as follows.
SW
NO.
DATA
NO.
Switch setting and function
ITEM
1
Paper set size
SW
l
L2
1
2
No. 1
No. 2
8–6
Initial
setting
0
LETTER
LEGAL
A4
0
0
0
1
1
0
Remarks
OPTION
0
0
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
MEMO
8–7
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
PARTS GUIDE
UX-465L
UX-465
MODEL UX-485
SELECTION CODE
UX-465L (Open LCR)
UX-465C
UX-485LU
DESTINATION
U.S.A.
Canada
L.A.G. (120V)
CONTENTS
1
Cabinet, etc.
6
Packing material & Accessories
2
Top cover and sub frame
7
Control PWB unit
3
Upper cabinet
8
TEL/LIU PWB unit
4
Document guide upper
9
Power supply PWB unit
5
Drive unit
10 Operation panel PWB unit
Index
Because parts marked with " " are indispensable for the machine safety maintenance and operation, it must be
replaced with the parts specific to the product specification.
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[1] Cabinet, etc.
85
TOP COVER/
SUB FRAME
1
B2
48
2
90
36
B7
39
B3
38
B7
B2x2
28
51
84
B2x2
8
DOCUMENT
GUIDE UPPER
37
17
34
33
89 32
24
7
104
B2
35
31
29
103
24
6
5
4
40
102
50
33
34
89
87
42
B3
92
35
43
B2
B5
41
47
14
B4
45
20
49
10
44
19
88
B6
21
B2
15
50
103
DRIVE
UNIT
ROLLER
EARTH
CABLE
95
22
26
25
16
B2x2
86
27
46
86
9
B2x9
–1–
16
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
NO.
PARTS CODE
PRICE
RANK
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
BE
N
N
N
E
E
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
B
E
E
E
E
C
C
C
B
C
B
C
D
D
C
C
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
DESCRIPTION
[1] Cabinet,etc.
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
14
15
16
17
19
20
21
22
24
25
26
27
28
29
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
1
1
1
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
92
95
102
103
104
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
DCEKP253CXH13
DCEKP253CXH17
DCEKP253CXH22
QCNW-231AXHZZ
MLEVP2297XHZA
MSPRT3069XHFJ
NROLR2375XHZZ
NSFTP2302XHZZ
PGIDM2538XHZZ
CCNW-4938XH01
CGERH2444XHY1
GCABB2325XHSH
GCABB2325XHSJ
GCABB2325XHSM
LANGF2817XHFW
LBSHP2088AXZZ
MLEVP2290XHZZ
MLEVP2294XHYZ
MLEVP2295XHZZ
MLEVP2296XHZZ
MSPRD3082XHFJ
MSPRP3054XHFJ
MSPRP3055XHFJ
NGERH2445XHZZ
NROLR2410XHZZ
NSFTM2311XHZZ
PSHEZ3443XHZZ
LFRM-2198XHZZ
MSPRC3103XHFJ
MSPRC3102XHFJ
MSPRC3059XHFJ
MSPRC3061XHFJ
PGIDM2531XHZZ
PGIDM2532XHZZ
QCNW-4936XHZZ
RHEDZ2062XHZZ
PGIDM2529XHZZ
PGIDM2530XHZZ
QCNW-4939XHZZ
RUNTZ2060XHZZ
DCEKC584PXHZZ
DCEKC687PXHZZ
DCEKC886PXHZZ
DCEKL254CXH06
LPLTM2995XHFW
MSPRC3057XHFJ
PCOVP2122XHZZ
QACCD2027XHZZ
QCNW-460AXHZZ
RCORF2125XHZZ
MLEVP2302XHZZ
HPNLH2391XHSU
HPNLH2391XHS8
GLEGG2068XHZZ
PSHEZ3410XHZZ
RDENT2155XHZZ
PCUSS2120XHZZ
PSHEZ3429XHZZ
MSPRD3104XHFJ
PSHEZ3432XHZZ
PSHEZ3575XHZZ
QCNW-351AXHZZ
PBRS-2054SCZZ
XEBSD30P10000
XBBSD30P06000
XBPSN40P06K00
XHBSD30P05000
XHBSD30P06000
XEBSD30P08000
AG
AC
AB
AL
AD
AM
AL
AF
AZ
BA
BA
AF
AC
AC
AD
AD
AD
AC
AD
AD
AB
AP
AG
AE
AK
AC
AC
AC
AB
AD
AD
AN
BN
AD
AD
AF
BK
BQ
BA
AS
AC
AK
AR
AE
AE
AC
AG
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
AC
AB
BD
AB
AD
AC
AE
AK
AD
N
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
Operation panel unit
Operation panel unit
Operation panel unit
Panel cable
Cover switch lever
Cover switch spring
Feed roller
Feed roller shaft
Original paper guide
Speaker ass’y
BT gear ass’y
Lower cabinet
Lower cabinet
Lower cabinet
Platen lock bracket
Transfer bearing
Film sensor lever
P-IN sensor lever B
Platen lock lever,left
Platen lock lever,right
Platen lock spring
Panel lock lever spring
Speaker holder plate spring
Back roller gear
PO roller
Film guide shaft
Sheet A
Head frame
Head spring F
Head spring E
Head spring C
Head spring D
Head guide,left
Head guide,right
Head cable
Thermal head
CIS guide,left
CIS guide,right
CIS cable
CIS unit
Control PWB unit(Within ROM)
Control PWB unit(Within ROM)
Control PWB unit(Within ROM)
TEL/LIU PWB unit
Bottom plate
CIS spring
Head cover
AC cord ass’y
Head earth cable
Core
Hook swith lever
Decoration panel
Decoration panel
Rubber leg
Jack sheet
Power supply PWB unit
Head cushion
Head guide sheet
Film sensor lever spring
Bottom plate sheet
CIS earth sheet
CIS earth cable
Static brush
Screw(3x10)
Screw(3x6)
Screw(4x6)
Screw(3x5)
Screw(3x6)
Screw(3x8)
–2–
[465L]
[465C]
[485LU]
[465L]
[465C]
[485LU]
[465L]
[465C]
[485LU]
[465L/C]
[485LU]
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[2] Top cover and sub frame
27
33
35
24
29
B2
B2
25
21
31
28
B2
12
30
11
2
26
18
19
17
15
1
8
7
34
8
B2
7
9
5
B2
12
3
4
32
B6
20
23
13
10
6
22
14
PARTS CODE
NO.
PRICE
RANK
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
DESCRIPTION
[2] Top cover and sub frame
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
B2
B6
GCOVA2403XHYE
GCOVA2403XHYS
JKNBP2091XHZZ
MSPRC2832XHZZ
NGERP2318XHZZ
PGIDM2533XHSE
PGIDM2533XHSC
PGIDM2534XHSE
PGIDM2534XHSC
MSPRD3065XHFJ
NROLP2332XHZZ
PGIDM2537XHZA
CROLR2434XH01
NROLR2408XHZZ
PGUMR2160XHZZ
LBSHP2104XHZA
LBSHP2105XHZZ
LFRM-2199XHZB
MLEVP2293XHZZ
MSPRC3064XHFJ
NGERH2441XHZZ
NGERH2442XHZZ
NGERH2460XHZZ
NROLR2409XHZZ
NSFTM2311XHZZ
NSFTP2304XHZZ
LPLTP2997XHZZ
LPLTP2998XHZZ
LPLTP3001XHYG
LPLTP3001XHYF
MSPRC3062XHFJ
MSPRC3063XHFJ
PSEL-2015XHZZ
PSHEZ3293XHZZ
PSHEZ3431XHZZ
PHOP-2101XHSE
PHOP-2101XHSC
MSPRD3105XHFJ
PGIDM2535XHSC
XEBSD30P10000
LX-BZ2138XHZZ
AL
AL
AC
AC
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AB
AD
AF
AH
AD
AE
AC
AC
AK
AD
AC
AC
AC
AC
AW
AG
AD
AD
AF
AH
AF
AB
AC
AB
AH
AC
AH
AH
AC
AC
AA
AB
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Top cover
Top cover
Release knob
Hopper spring
Pinion gear
Hopper guide,left
Hopper guide,left
Hopper guide,right
Hopper guide,right
PO pinch roller spring
PO pinch roller
PO guide
PU roller ass’y
PO roller
PO roller rubber
Platen bearing,left
Platen bearing,right
Sub frame
P-IN sensor lever
Tension spring
PO gear
Platen gear
Tension gear
Platen roller
Film guide shaft
PU shaft
Separate plate
Rotation plate
RP release plate
RP release plate
Separate spring
C-spring
RP pad
Separate plate sheet
TC sheet
RP hopper
RP hopper
P-IN sensor lever spring
A4 paper guide
Screw(3x10)
Screw
–3–
[465L/C]
[485LU]
[465L/C]
[485LU]
[465L/C]
[485LU]
[465L/C]
[485LU]
[465L/C]
[485LU]
[485LU]
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[3] Upper cabinet
901
1
2
13
8
6
7
12
B1x3
3
10
4
5
9
11
NO.
PARTS CODE
PRICE
RANK
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
AQ
N
N
N
D
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Upper cabinet
Upper cabinet
Upper cabinet
12 key
12 key
Direct key
Direct key
Start key
Stop key
Mode key
Mode key
Operation panel PWB unit
Panel cable
Insulation sheet
Document sensor
Front sensor
Tact switch
TAD key
TAD key
Screw(2x6)
E
E
E
Operation panel unit
Operation panel unit
Operation panel unit
B1
B1
DESCRIPTION
[3] Upper cabinet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
B1
901
GCABA2365XHSJ
GCABA2365XHSM
GCABA2365XHSQ
JBTN-2242XHSE
JBTN-2242XHSC
JBTN-2243XHSD
JBTN-2243XHSC
JBTN-2244XHSA
JBTN-2245XHSA
JBTN-2246XHSE
JBTN-2246XHSC
DCEKP255CXH04
QCNW-231AXHZZ
PSHEZ3544XHZZ
QSW-M2281XHZZ
QSW-M2282XHZZ
QSW-K0005AWZZ
JBTN-2247XHSD
JBTN-2247XHSC
XEBSD20P06000
(Unit)
DCEKP253CXH13
DCEKP253CXH17
DCEKP253CXH22
AG
AG
AE
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
BC
AG
AD
AP
AP
AC
AD
AE
AA
BE
N
N
N
N
N
N
–4–
[465L]
[465C]
[485LU]
[465L/C]
[485LU]
[465L/C]
[485LU]
[465L/C]
[485LU]
[ORGSNS]
[FRSNS]
[SW]
[465L/C]
[485LU]
[465L]
[465C]
[485LU]
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[4] Document guide upper
2
6
1
5
10
13
8
15
7
16
4
11
4
9
9
12
NO.
PARTS CODE
PRICE
RANK
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
DESCRIPTION
[4] Document guide upper
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
LPLTG2911XHZZ
LPLTP2908XHZZ
MSPRC3071XHFJ
MSPRP3079XHFJ
MSPRT3208XHZZ
NBRGP2141XHZZ
NGERH2445XHZZ
NROLP2334XHZA
NROLP2406XHZZ
NROLR2411XHZZ
NSFTZ2257XHZZ
PGIDM2536XHZZ
LPLTM3106XHZZ
QCNW-350AXHZZ
PCUSG2138XHZZ
AE
AE
AB
AE
AC
AH
AB
AC
AD
AV
AG
AK
AD
AD
AD
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
14
Separator rubber
Separator plate
Pinch roller spring
Paper feed spring
Separate spring
Transfer bearing
Back roller gear
Pinch roller
Guide roller
Back roller
Pinch roller shaft
Document guide upper
Roller earth plate
Roller earth cable
Earth gum
–5–
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[5] Drive unit
18
B2
16
12
29
28
13
11
30
1
7
24
14
19
15
21
22
20
27
6
24
17
25
23
24
26
9
PARTS CODE
NO.
PRICE
RANK
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
DESCRIPTION
[5] Drive unit
1
2
6
7
9
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
B2
CGERH2459XH01
CLEVP2298XH01
CLEVP2299XH01
CLEVP2300XH01
CLEVP2303XH01
LFRM-2200XHYA
LPLTM2994XHFW
MCAMP2025XHZZ
MCAMP2026XHZZ
MLEVP2301XHZZ
MSPRD3070XHFJ
NGERH2280XHZZ
NGERH2311XHZZ
NGERH2446XHZZ
NGERH2447XHZZ
NGERH2448XHZZ
NGERH2449XHZZ
NGERH2450XHZZ
NGERH2451XHZZ
NGERH2452XHZZ
NGERH2454XHZZ
NGERH2461XHZZ
QCNW-4933XHZZ
QSW-F2224SCZZ
RMOTZ2145XHZZ
XEBSD30P10000
AM
AC
AC
AC
AC
AM
AE
AB
AB
AB
AB
AC
AD
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AC
AE
BA
AA
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
C
Slip gear ass’y
Planet gear lever A ass’y
Planet gear lever B ass’y
Planet gear lever C ass’y
Planet gear lever D ass’y
Drive unit frame
Motor plate
Cam A
Cam B
Link lever
Cam hold spring
Idler gear B
Reduction gear C
Reduction gear,1
Reduction gear,2
Reduction gear,3
Reduction gear,4
Reduction gear,5
Idler gear,30Z
Idler gear,52Z
Take up gear
Reduction gear,6
Cam switch cable
Cam switch
Motor
Screw(3x10)
–6–
2
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
[6] Packing material & Accessories
18
16
17
15
16
14
13
16
19
TAPE
12
10
TAPE
27 25
26
TAPE
1
TAPE
29
AC CORD
7
11
4
30
3
2
R
31
32
TAPE
8
MARK"A"
24
TAPE
1
9
(1)
(3)
28
23
(2)
5
22
(4)
21
6
R
–7–
TAPE
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
NO.
PARTS CODE
PRICE
RANK
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
N
N
N
N
N
N
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
E
E
E
D
C
C
C
D
D
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
E
E
E
D
D
D
D
S
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
DESCRIPTION
[6] Packing material & Accessories
1
3
4
5
6
7
1
1
1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
SPAKC320CXHTZ
SPAKC375CXHTZ
SPAKC400CXHTZ
TINSE4176XHTZ
TINSK4189XHTZ
TINSS4204XHTZ
TLABH480AXHZA
TLABH4751XHZZ
TLABH4936XHZZ
CPLTP3002XHB1
CPLTP3002XHB3
CPLTP3002XHB4
TLABH4752XHZZ
LPLTP3003XHSB
LPLTP3003XHSA
PHOP-2102XHZZ
SPAKA490AXHZZ
SPAKA489AXHZZ
SPAKA481AXHZA
SPAKA480AXHZZ
QCNW-290ASCZZ
QCNW-289ASCOW
QCNW-3976XHBG
NGERH2455XHZZ
NGERH2456XHZA
TLABM417CXHZZ
TLABM403CXHZZ
SPAKP3385SCZZ
DUNTK369BXHLW
DUNTK464BXHLW
DUNTK464BXHBG
TLABH4853XHZZ
TLABH4937XHZZ
TLABH220AXHZZ
TLABH212AXHZZ
PRBNN2015SCZZ
TCADZ3142XHZZ
TCADZ2889XHZZ
TCADZ2891XHZZ
TCADZ3045XHZZ
TLABH447BXHZZ
TLABM342BXHZZ
TCADH3090XHZZ
TCADZ3167XHZZ
TCADZ3168XHZZ
AW
AD
AC
AD
AK
AK
AK
AB
AG
AH
AE
AD
AD
AG
AG
AE
AG
AK
AD
AC
N
N
N
AG
AQ
AX
AQ
AC
AZ
AB
AU
AQ
N
N
AE
AF
AD
AC
AD
AF
N
N
N
Packing case
Packing case
Packing case
Operation manual
Operation manual
Operation manual
Rapid key labels
Rapid key labels
Rapid key labels
Imaging film cartridge and label ass’y
Imaging film cartridge and label ass’y
Imaging film cartridge and label ass’y
Film set label
Paper tray extension
Paper tray extension
Original document support
Pad B
Pad A
Packing add.,right
Packing add.,left
Telephone line cord
Handset cord
Handset cord
Imaging film gear A
Imaging film gear B
Pop label, handset
Pop label, handset
Vinyl cover
Handset
Handset
Handset
Caution label 1
Caution label 1
Caution label 2
Caution label 2
Imaging film(Initial starter film 10m)
Pop card
Open LCR information and registration sheet
Registration card
Fax transmission sheet
Caution label,packing case
Pop label,operation panel
Quick setup guide
Attention sheet A
Attention sheet B
–8–
[465L]
[465C]
[485LU]
[465L]
[465C]
[485LU]
[465L]
[465C]
[485LU]
[465L]
[465C]
[485LU]
[465L/C]
[485LU]
[465C/485LU]
[465L/C]
[485LU]
[465L]
[485LU]
[465L]
[465C]
[485LU]
[465C]
[485LU]
[465C]
[485LU]
[465C]
[465L]
[465L]
[465L]
[465L]
[465L]
[465L]
[465C]
[465C]
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
NO.
PARTS CODE
PRICE
RANK
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
DESCRIPTION
[7] Control PWB unit
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
UBATL2049SCZZ
VCEAGA0JW227M
VCEAGA1EW476M
VCEAGA0JW227M
VCEAGA1HW106M
VCEAGA1HW106M
VCEAGA1HW106M
VCEAGA0JW227M
VCEAGA1HW106M
VCEAGA1HW107M
VCEAGA1HW107M
VCEAGA1HW226M
VCEAGA1EW476M
VCKYCY1EF104Z
VCKYCY1EF104Z
VCKYTV1HF104Z
VCKYCY1EF104Z
VCKYCY1HB102K
VCKYCY1HB102K
VCKYCY1HB102K
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1HB221K
VCKYCY1EF104Z
VCCCCY1HH101J
VCCCCY1HH101J
VCKYCY1HB102K
VCKYCY1EF104Z
VCKYCY1HB472K
VCKYCY1EF104Z
VRS-CY1JB000J
VCCCCY1HH101J
VCKYCY1HB102K
VCKYCY1HB102K
VCKYCY1HB102K
VCKYCY1HB102K
VCKYCY1HB102K
VCKYCY1HB102K
VCKYCY1HB102K
VCKYCY1EF104Z
VCCCCY1HH101J
VCCCCY1HH101J
VCCCCY1HH101J
VCKYCY1HB103K
VCCCCY1HH180J
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCCCCY1HH101J
VCCCCY1HH101J
VCCCCY1HH101J
VCCCCY1HH101J
VCCCCY1HH101J
VCCCCY1HH101J
VCCCCY1HH101J
VCCCCY1HH101J
VCCCCY1HH101J
VCKYCY1EF104Z
VCCCCY1HH150J
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1EF104Z
VCCCCY1HH220J
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VRS-CY1JB000J
VRS-CY1JB000J
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1EF104Z
VCKYCY1EF104Z
VCKYCY1EF104Z
VCKYCY1CB104K
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1HB103K
VCKYCY1AF105Z
AF
AD
AA
AD
AA
AA
AA
AD
AA
AA
AA
AB
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AC
AB
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AB
AC
AA
AA
AC
AC
AC
AA
AA
AC
AA
AA
AA
AB
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AA
AC
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Battery(CR2032T23)
Capacitor(6.3WV 220µF)
Capacitor(50WV 47µF)
Capacitor(6.3WV 220µF)
Capacitor(50WV 10µF)
Capacitor(50WV 10µF)
Capacitor(50WV 10µF)
Capacitor(6.3WV 220µF)
Capacitor(50WV 10µF)
Capacitor(50WV 100µF)
Capacitor(50WV 100µF)
Capacitor(50WV 22µF)
Capacitor(50WV 47µF)
Capacitor(25WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(25WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(50WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(25WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(50WV 1000PF)
Capacitor(50WV 1000PF)
Capacitor(50WV 1000PF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(50WV 220PF)
Capacitor(25WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(50WV 100PF)
Capacitor(50WV 100PF)
Capacitor(50WV 1000pF)
Capacitor(25WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(50WV 4700PF)
Capacitor(25WV 0.1µF)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Capacitor(50WV 100PF)
Capacitor(50WV 1000PF)
Capacitor(50WV 1000PF)
Capacitor(50WV 1000PF)
Capacitor(50WV 1000PF)
Capacitor(50WV 1000PF)
Capacitor(50WV 1000PF)
Capacitor(50WV 1000PF)
Capacitor(25WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(50WV 100PF)
Capacitor(50WV 100PF)
Capacitor(50WV 100PF)
Capacitor(50WV 0.01µF)
Capacitor(50WV 18PF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(50WV 100PF)
Capacitor(50WV 100PF)
Capacitor(50WV 100PF)
Capacitor(50WV 100PF)
Capacitor(50WV 100PF)
Capacitor(50WV 100PF)
Capacitor(50WV 100PF)
Capacitor(50WV 100PF)
Capacitor(50WV 100PF)
Capacitor(25WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(50WV 15PF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(25WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(50WV 22PF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(25WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(25WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(25WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(16WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(50WV 0.01µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
–9–
[BAT1]
[C1]
[C2]
[C3]
[C6]
[C7]
[C8]
[C9]
[C10]
[C11]
[C12]
[C13]
[C14]
[C100]
[C103]
[C105]
[C107]
[C109]
[C110]
[C111]
[C115]
[C116]
[C117]
[C118]
[C119]
[C120]
[C122]
[C123]
[C124]
[C125]
[C126]
[C127]
[C128]
[C129]
[C130]
[C131]
[C132]
[C133]
[C134]
[C136]
[C137]
[C138]
[C140]
[C141]
[C142]
[C143]
[C144]
[C145]
[C146]
[C147]
[C148]
[C149]
[C150]
[C151]
[C152]
[C153]
[C155]
[C156]
[C159]
[C160]
[C161]
[C162]
[C163]
[C164]
[C165]
[C167]
[C169]
[C171]
[C172]
[C173]
[C174]
[C175]
[C176]
[C178]
[C179]
[C181]
[C182]
[C183]
[C184]
[C185]
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
NO.
PARTS CODE
PRICE
RANK
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
DESCRIPTION
[7] Control PWB unit
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
VCCCCY1HH220J
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VRS-CY1JB000J
VRS-CY1JB000J
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1HB102K
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1CB104K
VCKYCY1CB104K
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYCY1AF105Z
VCKYTV1HF104Z
VCKYCY1EF104Z
QCNCM7014SC0G
QCNCM2442SC0B
QCNCM2575SC1D
QCNCM7014SC0F
QCNCM7014SC1E
QCNCM2575SC0H
QCNCM2401SC0B
QCNCM7014SC1F
VHE1N4748A/-1
VHD1SS355//-1
VHD1SS355//-1
VHD1SS355//-1
VHD1SS355//-1
VHDHRW0202B-1
VHD02DZ5R1Y-1
QFS-P2010SCZZ
VHIW24L257S7L
RH-IX2168SCZZ
VHIKID65001AP
VHINJM2113M-1
VHIKM29W040-1
QSOCZ2051SC32
VHI27020FQM0B
VHI27020FQN0B
VHI27020FQP0A
RH-IX2232XHZZ
VHISCE114V/-1
VHISCE114V/-1
VRS-TS2AD000J
VRS-TS2AD000J
VRS-TS2AD000J
VRS-TS2AD000J
VRS-TS2AD150J
RCILZ2145XHZZ
VRS-TS2AD000J
VRS-TS2AD000J
VHPSG206S//-1
VSKTA1504GR-1
VSKRC106S//-1
VSKRC102S//-1
VSKRC102S//-1
VSKRC102S//-1
VS2SC2412KS-1
VRS-TS2AD000J
VRS-CY1JB271J
VRS-CY1JB300J
VRS-CY1JB103J
VRS-CY1JB512J
VRS-CY1JB271J
VRS-CY1JB223J
VRS-CY1JB000J
VRS-CY1JB154J
VRS-CY1JB271J
VRS-CY1JB623J
VRS-CY1JB153J
VRS-CY1JB102J
VRS-CY1JB164J
VRS-CY1JB334J
VRS-CY1JB125J
VRS-CY1JB474J
VRS-CY1JB754J
VRS-CY1JB104J
VRS-CY1JB302J
AA
AC
AC
AA
AA
AC
AA
AC
AC
AC
AC
AB
AB
AC
AC
AA
AA
AB
AB
AC
AB
AC
AF
AA
AD
AC
AB
AB
AB
AB
AD
AC
AD
AC
BB
AE
AG
AV
AC
AK
BQ
BQ
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AF
AA
AA
AG
AC
AD
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
AB
AA
AA
AD
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AB
AA
AA
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Capacitor(50WV 22PF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(50WV 1000PF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(16WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(16WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(10WV 1µF)
Capacitor(50WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(25WV 0.1µF)
Connector(7pin)
Conector(2pin)
Connector(14pin)
Connector(6pin)
Connector(15pin)
Connector(8pin)
Connector(2pin)
Connector(16pin)
Zener diode(1N4748)
Diode(1SS355)
Diode(1SS355)
Diode(1SS355)
Diode(1SS355)
Diode(HRW0202B)
Zener diode(02DZ5.1Y)
IC protector(KAB2402)
IC(W24L257S-70LL)
IC(MSM51V4800E)
IC(KID65001AP)
IC(NJM2113M)
IC(K9F4008W0A)
IC socket(32pin)
IC,EPROM(2MB)
IC,EPROM(2MB)
IC,EPROM(2MB)
IC(74HCT4051D)
IC(SCE114V)(Within IC10 and IC11 pair)
IC(20415)(Within IC10 and IC11 pair)
Resistor(1/10W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/10W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/10W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/10W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/10W 15Ω ±5%)
Coil(HM601)
Resistor(1/10W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/10W 0Ω ±5%)
Photo transistor(SG206S)
Transistor(KTA1504GR)
Transistor(KRC106S)
Transistor(KRC102S)
Transistor(KRC102S)
Transistor(KRC102S)
Transistor(2SC2412K)
Resistor(1/10W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 270Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 30Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 10KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 5.1KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 270Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 22KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 150KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 270Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 62KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 15KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 1KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 160KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 330KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 1MΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 470KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 750KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 100KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 3KΩ ±5%)
– 10 –
[C186]
[C187]
[C188]
[C189]
[C192]
[C194]
[C195]
[C196]
[C197]
[C198]
[C199]
[C201]
[C204]
[C209]
[C210]
[C216]
[C217]
[CNCIS]
[CNCSW]
[CNLIUA]
[CNMT]
[CNPN]
[CNPW]
[CNSP]
[CNTH]
[D1]
[D100]
[D101]
[D102]
[D103]
[D104]
[D105]
[FU100]
[IC2]
[IC3]
[IC4]
[IC5]
[IC6]
[IC7]
[IC7][465L]
[IC7][465C]
[IC7][485LU]
[IC8]
[IC10]
[IC11]
[L100]
[L105]
[L107]
[L108]
[L109]
[L110]
[L111]
[L112]
[PI1]
[Q100]
[Q103]
[Q104]
[Q105]
[Q106]
[Q108]
[R100]
[R101]
[R102]
[R103]
[R104]
[R105]
[R109]
[R110]
[R111]
[R112]
[R113]
[R114]
[R115]
[R116]
[R117]
[R118]
[R119]
[R120]
[R121]
[R123]
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
PARTS CODE
NO.
PRICE
RANK
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
DESCRIPTION
[7] Control PWB unit
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
901
VRS-CY1JB153J
VRS-CY1JB271J
VRS-CY1JB271J
VRS-CY1JB103J
VRS-CY1JB271J
VRS-CY1JB104J
VRS-CY1JB153J
VRS-CY1JB203J
VRS-CY1JB103J
VRS-CY1JB271J
VRS-CY1JB000J
VRS-CY1JB103J
VRS-CY1JB271J
VRS-CY1JB474J
VRS-CY1JB121J
VRS-CY1JB000J
VRS-CY1JB271J
VRS-CY1JB271J
VRS-CY1JB105J
VRS-CY1JB151J
VRS-CY1JB223J
VRS-CY1JB203J
VRS-CY1JB000J
VRS-CY1JB000J
VRS-CY1JB000J
VRS-CY1JB000J
VRS-CY1JB102J
VRS-CY1JB000J
VRS-CY1JB102J
VRS-CY1JB271J
VRS-CY1JB106J
VRS-CY1JB224J
VRS-CY1JB103J
VRS-CY1JB000J
VRS-CY1JB000J
VRS-CY1JB113J
VRS-CY1JB000J
VRS-CY1JB222J
VRS-CY1JB471J
VRS-CY1JB271J
VRS-CY1JB471J
VRS-CY1JB562J
VRS-CY1JB472J
VRS-CY1JB393J
VRS-CY1JB104J
VRS-CY1JB472J
VRS-CY1JB103J
VRS-CY1JB513J
VRS-TS2AD221J
VRS-TS2AD000J
VRS-TS2AD000J
VRS-CY1JB000J
VRS-TS2AD000J
VRS-CY1JB103J
VRS-CY1JB103J
RR-TZ3029SCZZ
RR-TZ3018SCZZ
RR-TZ3017SCZZ
RR-TZ3017SCZZ
RR-TZ3018SCZZ
RR-TZ3018SCZZ
VHI62FP332P-1
RRLYD3130SCZZ
QSW-M2259XHZZ
RCRSQ2157SCZZ
RCRSB0297AFZZ
(Unit)
DCEKC584PXHZZ
DCEKC687PXHZZ
DCEKC886PXHZZ
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AB
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AF
AN
AF
AF
AD
BQ
N
N
N
N
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
B
B
B
Resistor(1/16W 15KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 270Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 270Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 10KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 270Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 100KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 15KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 20KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 10KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 270Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 10KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 270Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 470KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 120Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 270Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 270Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 1MΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 150Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 22KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 20KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 1KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 1KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 270Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 10MΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 220KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 10KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 11KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 2.2KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 470Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 270Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 470Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 5.6KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 4.7KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 39KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 100KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 4.7KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 10KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 51KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/10W 220Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/10W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/10W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/10W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 10KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 10KΩ ±5%)
Block resistor(1KΩx4)
Block resistor(470Ωx4)
Block resistor(270Ωx4)
Block resistor(270Ωx4)
Block resistor(470Ωx4)
Block resistor(470Ωx4)
IC(XC62FP3302P)
Relay(OJE-SH-124DM)
Cover switch
Crystal(32.256MHz)
Crystal(32.768kHz)
[R124]
[R125]
[R126]
[R128]
[R129]
[R132]
[R133]
[R134]
[R136]
[R137]
[R138]
[R139]
[R140]
[R141]
[R142]
[R145]
[R146]
[R147]
[R148]
[R152]
[R160]
[R161]
[R165]
[R166]
[R167]
[R168]
[R171]
[R172]
[R173]
[R174]
[R177]
[R179]
[R180]
[R182]
[R183]
[R184]
[R186]
[R188]
[R189]
[R196]
[R197]
[R198]
[R199]
[R200]
[R201]
[R202]
[R203]
[R205]
[R206]
[R208]
[R210]
[R213]
[R220]
[R221]
[R222]
[RA9]
[RA11]
[RA12]
[RA13]
[RA14]
[RA15]
[REG1]
[RY1]
[SW1]
[X1]
[X2]
E
E
E
Control PWB unit(Within ROM)
Control PWB unit(Within ROM)
Control PWB unit(Within ROM)
[465L]
[465C]
[485LU]
B
C
C
C
C
Varistor(RA391PV6)
Capacitor(250WV 0.82µF)
Capacitor(50WV 22µF)
Capacitor(50WV 10µF)
Capacitor(50WV 4.7µF)
[8] TEL/LIU PWB unit
1
2
3
4
5
VHVRA391PV6-1
RC-FZ3024SCZZ
VCEAGA1HW226M
VCEAGA1HW106M
VCEAGA1HW475M
AE
AG
AB
AA
AA
– 11 –
[AR2]
[C4]
[C5]
[C6]
[C7]
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
NO.
PARTS CODE
PRICE
RANK
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
DESCRIPTION
[8] TEL/LIU PWB unit
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
VCEAGA1HW226M
VCEAGA1HW226M
VCEAGA1HW226M
VCEAGA1HW226M
VCKYPA1HB103K
VCKYCY1HB222K
VCKYCY1HB222K
VCKYCY1EF104Z
VCKYCY1EB393K
VCKYTQ1HB102K
VCKYCY1HB102K
VCKYCY1HB392K
VCKYCY1HB102K
VCCCCY1HH330J
VCKYTV1CF105Z
VCKYTV1CF105Z
VCKYCY1EF104Z
VCCCCY1HH221J
VCKYCY1HB102K
VCCCCY1HH221J
VCKYTV1HF104Z
VCKYTV1HF104Z
VCCCCY1HH330J
VCKYTV1HF104Z
VCKYCY1HB821K
RRLYD3433XHZZ
QJAKZ2079XH0D
QCNCW2509SC1D
QJAKZ2069SCBB
VHDDSS133//-1
VHDDSS133//-1
QSW-Z2263XHZZ
VHINJM2904M-2
VHINJM2904M-2
VRS-CY1JB000J
VHPPC814X//-1
VHPTLP521-1BL
VHPSG206S//-1
VS2SC2412KR-1
VSDTC143ZK/-1
VSDTC143ZK/-1
VRD-HT2HY223J
VRD-HT2EY910J
VRS-RE3AA102J
VRD-HT2EY300J
VRS-TS2AD223J
VRS-CY1JB102J
VRS-TS2AD151J
VRS-CY1JB203J
VRS-CY1JB000J
VRS-CY1JB512J
VRS-CY1JB152J
VRS-CY1JB621J
VRS-TS2AD101J
VRS-CY1JB203J
VRS-CY1JB433J
VRS-CY1JB000J
VRS-CY1JB332J
VRS-CY1JB332J
VRS-CY1JB472J
VRSTS2AD8662F
VRS-CY1JB203J
VRS-CY1JB301J
VRS-CY1JB203J
VRS-CY1JB000J
VRS-CY1JB822J
VRS-CY1JB393J
VRS-CY1JB332J
VRS-CY1JB224J
VRS-CY1JB153J
VRS-CY1JB332J
VRS-TS2AD102J
VRS-CY1JB473J
RTRNI2164XHZZ
VHVERZV5D471/
VHVERZV5D471/
VHEHZ2C1///-1
VHEHZ2C1///-1
VHEHZ27-1//-1
VHEHZ2C1///-1
AB
AB
AB
AB
AA
AA
AA
AA
AB
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AB
AB
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AH
AD
AF
AG
AA
AA
AG
AG
AG
AA
AE
AE
AG
AD
AD
AD
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AG
AC
AC
AA
AA
AB
AA
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
B
B
B
B
B
C
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
Capacitor(50WV 22µF)
Capacitor(50WV 22µF)
Capacitor(50WV 22µF)
Capacitor(50WV 22µF)
Capacitor(50WV 0.01µF)
Capacitor(50WV 2200PF)
Capacitor(50WV 2200PF)
Capacitor(25WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(25WV 0.039µF)
Capacitor(50WV 1000PF)
Capacitor(50WV 1000pF)
Capacitor(50WV 3900PF)
Capacitor(50WV 1000pF)
Capacitor(50WV 33PF)
Capacitor(16WV 1µF)
Capacitor(16WV 1µF)
Capacitor(25WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(50WV 220PF)
Capacitor(50WV 1000pF)
Capacitor(50WV 220PF)
Capacitor(50WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(50WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(50WV 33PF)
Capacitor(50WV 0.1µF)
Capacitor(50WV 820PF)
Relay(OUAZ-SH-124DZ)
Jack
Connector(14pin)
Jack
Diode(1SS133)
Diode(1SS133)
Hook switch
IC(NJM2904)
IC(NJM2904)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Photo coupler(PC814X)
Photo coupler(TLP521)
Photo transistor(SG206S)
Transistor(2SC2412KR)
Transistor(DTC143ZK)
Transistor(DTC143ZK)
Resistor(1/2W 22KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/4W 91Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1W 1KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/4W 30Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/10W 22KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 1KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/10W 150Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 20KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 5.1KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 1.5KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 620Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/10W 100Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 20KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 43KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 3.3KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 3.3KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 4.7KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/10W 86.6KΩ ±1%)
Resistor(1/16W 20KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/10W 300Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 20KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 8.2KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 39KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 3.3KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 220KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 15KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 3.3KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/10W 1KΩ ±5%)
Resistor(1/16W 47KΩ ±5%)
Transformer(I2164)
Varistor(ERZVA5D471)
Varistor(ERZVA5D471)
Zener diode(HZ2C1)
Zener diode(HZ2C1)
Zener diode(HZ27C)
Zener diode(HZ2C1)
– 12 –
[C9]
[C11]
[C12]
[C13]
[C15]
[C100]
[C104]
[C105]
[C106]
[C108]
[C111]
[C112]
[C113]
[C114]
[C115]
[C117]
[C118]
[C119]
[C120]
[C121]
[C122]
[C123]
[C124]
[C126]
[C127]
[CML1]
[CNHJ]
[CNLIUA]
[CNLNJ/TLJ]
[D1]
[D2]
[HOOK SW]
[IC101]
[IC102]
[JP100]
[PC1]
[PC5]
[PIN]
[Q100]
[Q101]
[Q104]
[R3]
[R4]
[R5]
[R6]
[R101]
[R105]
[R110]
[R111]
[R112]
[R113]
[R114]
[R116]
[R118]
[R124]
[R125]
[R126]
[R127]
[R128]
[R129]
[R130]
[R131]
[R132]
[R134]
[R136]
[R137]
[R138]
[R139]
[R140]
[R141]
[R142]
[R143]
[R144]
[T1]
[VA1]
[VA2]
[ZD3]
[ZD4]
[ZD6]
[ZD9]
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
PARTS CODE
NO.
PRICE
RANK
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
DESCRIPTION
[8] TEL/LIU PWB unit
86
901
VHEHZ2C1///-1
(Unit)
DCEKL254CXH06
AA
B
Zener diode(HZ2C1)
E
TEL/LIU PWB unit
AF
AL
AD
AC
AC
AF
AH
AF
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AH
AC
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AL
AE
AH
AH
AR
AK
AQ
AQ
AG
AQ
AD
AE
AE
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AE
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
BE
AD
AD
AD
AD
AC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
B
C
C
C
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
B
B
B
B
Capacitor(RE224-C)
Capacitor(KMF200VB-150M 18x25)
Capacitor(DE1105-SL471J1K)
Capacitor(AMZ-222K50)
Capacitor(ECQB1H472JM4)
Capacitor(DE1610-E472M-KX)
Capacitor(LKJ35VB330(M))
Capacitor(LKJ16VB330(M))
Capacitor(DD306-F104Z25)
Capacitor(AMZ-104K50)
Capacitor(DD306-F104Z25)
Capacitor(AMZ-102K50)
Capacitor(AMZ-152K50)
Capacitor(AMZ-102K50)
Capacitor(AMZ-331K50)
Connector(IMSA-9110S-08L)
Base post ass’y(B 2P3-VH)
Diode(ERA15-06)
Diode(ERA15-06)
Diode(ERA15-06)
Diode(ERA15-06)
Diode(1SS133)
Diode(S3L20U-4004P15)
Diode(SR140)
Current fuse(23702.5 ME600)
Circuit protect chip(CCP2E100)
IC(BA178M05T)
Filter(TLF14CB 103 0R7)
Heat sink(J7E41-5001CT)
Heat sink(MN917-5001AT)
Photo coupler(PS2501-1L)
FET(FS5KM-14)
Transistor(2SC1741AS QR)
Transistor(2SC1740S)
Transistor(2SC1740S)
Resistor(RD50SS-105J)
Resistor(RD16S-824J)
Resistor(RD16S 184J)
Resistor(RD16S 331J)
Resistor(RD16S 562J)
Resistor(RD16S 473J)
Resistor(RD16S 181J)
Resistor(RD16S 473J)
Resistor(RD16S 471J)
Resistor(RSMF1TBR15G)
Resistor(RD16S 271J)
Resistor(RD16S 152J)
Resistor(RD16S 334J)
Resistor(RD16S 682J)
Resistor(RD16S 222J)
Resistor(RD16S-182J)
Resistor(RD50SS 332J)
Resistor(RD50SS 332J)
Resistor(RD16S 101J)
Transformer(PTTN103-KTT)
Varistor(ERZV07D241-CS)
Variable resistor(EVN DJA A03 BQ2(471))
Zener diode(RD4.3ESAB2)
Zener diode(RD30FB3)
Zener diode(RD6.2ESAB2)
BD
E
Power supply PWB unit
AC
AP
AP
C
C
C
Tact switch
Document sensor
Front sensor
E
Operation panel PWB unit
BA
N
[ZD10]
[9] Power supply PWB unit
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
901
0CBUGFM224KR/
0CBUGAL151SM/
0CBUGCU471JE/
0CBUGFF222BQ/
0CBUGFF472KX/
0CBUGCM472BJ/
0CBUGAE331TS/
0CBUGAE331TR/
0CBUGCD104AP/
0CBUGFF104BQ/
0CBUGCD104AP/
0CBUGFF102BQ/
0CBUGFF152BQ/
0CBUGFF102BQ/
0CBUGFF331BQ/
0CBPCZ0273ZZ/
0CBPKZ0194ZZ/
0CBUBC0125DK/
0CBUBC0125DK/
0CBUBC0125DK/
0CBUBC0125DK/
0CBUBA0011AL/
0CBUBC0336AZ/
0CBUBC0302AZ/
0CBPJCSX2501/
0CBPZZ0906ZZ/
0CBUCB0196AZ/
0CBUKZ0960ZZ/
0CBLRZ6581ZN/
0CBLRZ6686ZQ/
0CBUDC0062MZ/
0CBUAG0161BZ/
0CBUAC0264AZ/
0CBUAC0034EZ/
0CBUAC0034EZ/
0CBUEEC105CF/
0CBUEEB824CS/
0CBUEEB184CS/
0CBUEEB331CS/
0CBUEEB562CS/
0CBUEEB473CS/
0CBUEEB181CS/
0CBUEEB473CS/
0CBUEEB471CS/
0CBUEFDR15DB/
0CBUEEB271CS/
0CBUEEB152CS/
0CBUEEB334CS/
0CBUEEB682CS/
0CBUEEB222CS/
0CBUEEB182CS/
0CBUEEB332CF/
0CBUEEB332CF/
0CBUEEB101CS/
0CB829585033/
0CBUEZ0528ZZ/
0CBUFBA471CB/
0CBUBDBE4R3C/
0CBUBDAE300D/
0CBUBDAC6R2C/
(Unit)
RDENT2155XHZZ
[C1]
[C2]
[C3]
[C4]
[C5]
[C7]
[C8]
[C10]
[C11]
[C12]
[C14]
[C17]
[C20]
[C21]
[C22]
[CN1]
[CN2]
[D1]
[D2]
[D3]
[D4]
[D5]
[D7]
[D8]
[F1]
[F3]
[IC1]
[L1]
[MT1]
[MT2]
[PC1]
[Q1]
[Q2]
[Q3]
[Q4]
[R1]
[R2]
[R3]
[R4]
[R5]
[R6]
[R7]
[R8]
[R9]
[R10]
[R13]
[R14]
[R15]
[R16]
[R17]
[R18]
[R21]
[R22]
[R23]
[T1]
[V1]
[VR1]
[ZD2]
[ZD4]
[ZD5]
[10] Operation panel PWB unit
1
2
3
901
QSW-K0005AWZZ
QSW-M2281XHZZ
QSW-M2282XHZZ
(Unit)
DCEKP255CXH04
BC
N
– 13 –
[SW]
[ORGSNS]
[FRSNS]
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
Index
PARTS CODE
[C]
CCNW-4938XH01
CGERH2444XHY1
CGERH2459XH01
CLEVP2298XH01
CLEVP2299XH01
CLEVP2300XH01
CLEVP2303XH01
CPLTP3002XHB1
CPLTP3002XHB3
CPLTP3002XHB4
CROLR2434XH01
[D]
DCEKC584PXHZZ
″
DCEKC687PXHZZ
″
DCEKC886PXHZZ
″
DCEKL254CXH06
″
DCEKP253CXH13
″
DCEKP253CXH17
″
DCEKP253CXH22
″
DCEKP255CXH04
″
DUNTK369BXHLW
DUNTK464BXHBG
DUNTK464BXHLW
[G]
GCABA2365XHSJ
GCABA2365XHSM
GCABA2365XHSQ
GCABB2325XHSH
GCABB2325XHSJ
GCABB2325XHSM
GCOVA2403XHYE
GCOVA2403XHYS
GLEGG2068XHZZ
[H]
HPNLH2391XHSU
HPNLH2391XHS8
[J]
JBTN-2242XHSC
JBTN-2242XHSE
JBTN-2243XHSC
JBTN-2243XHSD
JBTN-2244XHSA
JBTN-2245XHSA
JBTN-2246XHSC
JBTN-2246XHSE
JBTN-2247XHSC
JBTN-2247XHSD
JKNBP2091XHZZ
[L]
LANGF2817XHFW
LBSHP2088AXZZ
LBSHP2104XHZA
LBSHP2105XHZZ
LFRM-2198XHZZ
LFRM-2199XHZB
LFRM-2200XHYA
LPLTG2911XHZZ
LPLTM2994XHFW
LPLTM2995XHFW
LPLTM3106XHZZ
LPLTP2908XHZZ
LPLTP2997XHZZ
LPLTP2998XHZZ
LPLTP3001XHYF
LPLTP3001XHYG
LPLTP3003XHSA
LPLTP3003XHSB
LX-BZ2138XHZZ
[M]
MCAMP2025XHZZ
MCAMP2026XHZZ
No.
PRICE NEW PART
RANK MARK RANK
1-9
1-10
5-1
5-2
5-6
5-7
5-9
6-5
6-5
6-5
2-10
AL
AF
AM
AC
AC
AC
AC
AK
AK
AK
AH
1-44
7-901
1-44
7-901
1-44
7-901
1-45
8-901
1-1
3-901
1-1
3-901
1-1
3-901
3-7
10-901
6-19
6-19
6-19
BQ
BQ
3-1
3-1
3-1
1-14
1-14
1-14
2-1
2-1
1-86
AQ
1-85
1-85
AG
3-2
3-2
3-3
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-6
3-13
3-13
2-2
AG
AG
AD
AE
AD
AD
AD
AD
AE
AD
AC
1-15
1-16
2-13
2-14
1-31
2-15
5-11
4-1
5-12
1-46
4-14
4-2
2-25
2-26
2-27
2-27
6-7
6-7
2-B6
AF
AC
AC
AC
AK
AK
AM
AE
AE
AS
AD
AE
AD
AF
AF
AH
AH
AG
AB
5-13
5-14
AB
AB
BA
BA
BE
BE
BC
BC
AQ
AQ
AX
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
E
E
E
C
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
N
N
N
D
D
D
D
D
D
C
C
C
N
N
D
D
AZ
BA
BA
AL
AL
AC
N
N
N
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
PARTS CODE
MLEVP2290XHZZ
MLEVP2293XHZZ
MLEVP2294XHYZ
MLEVP2295XHZZ
MLEVP2296XHZZ
MLEVP2297XHZA
MLEVP2301XHZZ
MLEVP2302XHZZ
MSPRC2832XHZZ
MSPRC3057XHFJ
MSPRC3059XHFJ
MSPRC3061XHFJ
MSPRC3062XHFJ
MSPRC3063XHFJ
MSPRC3064XHFJ
MSPRC3071XHFJ
MSPRC3102XHFJ
MSPRC3103XHFJ
MSPRD3065XHFJ
MSPRD3070XHFJ
MSPRD3082XHFJ
MSPRD3104XHFJ
MSPRD3105XHFJ
MSPRP3054XHFJ
MSPRP3055XHFJ
MSPRP3079XHFJ
MSPRT3069XHFJ
MSPRT3208XHZZ
[N]
NBRGP2141XHZZ
NGERH2280XHZZ
NGERH2311XHZZ
NGERH2441XHZZ
NGERH2442XHZZ
NGERH2445XHZZ
″
NGERH2446XHZZ
NGERH2447XHZZ
NGERH2448XHZZ
NGERH2449XHZZ
NGERH2450XHZZ
NGERH2451XHZZ
NGERH2452XHZZ
NGERH2454XHZZ
NGERH2455XHZZ
NGERH2456XHZA
NGERH2460XHZZ
NGERH2461XHZZ
NGERP2318XHZZ
NROLP2332XHZZ
NROLP2334XHZA
NROLP2406XHZZ
NROLR2375XHZZ
NROLR2408XHZZ
NROLR2409XHZZ
NROLR2410XHZZ
NROLR2411XHZZ
NSFTM2311XHZZ
″
NSFTP2302XHZZ
NSFTP2304XHZZ
NSFTZ2257XHZZ
[P]
PBRS-2054SCZZ
PCOVP2122XHZZ
PCUSG2138XHZZ
PCUSS2120XHZZ
PGIDM2529XHZZ
PGIDM2530XHZZ
PGIDM2531XHZZ
PGIDM2532XHZZ
PGIDM2533XHSC
PGIDM2533XHSE
PGIDM2534XHSC
PGIDM2534XHSE
PGIDM2535XHSC
PGIDM2536XHZZ
PGIDM2537XHZA
PGIDM2538XHZZ
PGUMR2160XHZZ
No.
PRICE NEW PART
RANK MARK RANK
1-17
2-17
1-19
1-20
1-21
1-4
5-15
1-84
2-3
1-47
1-34
1-35
2-28
2-29
2-18
4-4
1-33
1-32
2-7
5-16
1-22
1-92
2-34
1-24
1-25
4-5
1-5
4-6
AC
AD
AD
AD
AD
AC
AB
AC
AC
AC
AC
AB
AB
AC
AC
AB
AC
AC
AB
AB
AC
AC
AC
AD
AD
AE
AB
AC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
4-7
5-17
5-18
2-19
2-20
1-26
4-8
5-19
5-20
5-21
5-22
5-23
5-24
5-25
5-26
6-15
6-16
2-21
5-27
2-4
2-8
4-9
4-10
1-6
2-11
2-22
1-27
4-11
1-28
2-23
1-7
2-24
4-12
AH
AC
AD
AC
AC
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AD
AC
AC
AB
AD
AD
AC
AD
AL
AD
AW
AP
AV
AG
AG
AD
AD
AG
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
1-104
1-48
4-16
1-89
1-40
1-41
1-36
1-37
2-5
2-5
2-6
2-6
2-35
4-13
2-9
1-8
2-12
AK
AD
AB
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AC
AK
AF
AM
AE
– 14 –
N
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
PARTS CODE
No.
PHOP-2101XHSC
2-33
PHOP-2101XHSE
2-33
PHOP-2102XHZZ
6-8
PRBNN2015SCZZ
6-23
PSEL-2015XHZZ
2-30
PSHEZ3293XHZZ
2-31
PSHEZ3410XHZZ
1-87
PSHEZ3429XHZZ
1-90
PSHEZ3431XHZZ
2-32
PSHEZ3432XHZZ
1-95
PSHEZ3443XHZZ
1-29
PSHEZ3544XHZZ
3-9
PSHEZ3575XHZZ
1-102
[Q]
QACCD2027XHZZ
1-49
QCNCM2401SC0B
7-104
QCNCM2442SC0B
7-99
QCNCM2575SC0H
7-103
QCNCM2575SC1D
7-100
QCNCM7014SC0F
7-101
QCNCM7014SC0G 7-98
QCNCM7014SC1E
7-102
QCNCM7014SC1F
7-105
QCNCW2509SC1D 8-33
QCNW-231AXHZZ
1-2
″
3-8
QCNW-289ASCOW 6-14
QCNW-290ASCZZ
6-13
QCNW-350AXHZZ
4-15
QCNW-351AXHZZ
1-103
QCNW-3976XHBG
6-14
QCNW-460AXHZZ
1-50
QCNW-4933XHZZ
5-28
QCNW-4936XHZZ
1-38
QCNW-4939XHZZ
1-42
QFS-P2010SCZZ
7-113
QJAKZ2069SCBB
8-34
QJAKZ2079XH0D
8-32
QSOCZ2051SC32
7-119
QSW-F2224SCZZ
5-29
QSW-K0005AWZZ
3-12
″
10-1
QSW-M2259XHZZ
7-221
QSW-M2281XHZZ
3-10
″
10-2
QSW-M2282XHZZ
3-11
″
10-3
QSW-Z2263XHZZ
8-37
[R]
RC-FZ3024SCZZ
8-2
RCILZ2145XHZZ
7-128
RCORF2125XHZZ
1-51
RCRSB0297AFZZ
7-223
RCRSQ2157SCZZ
7-222
RDENT2155XHZZ
1-88
″
9-901
RH-IX2168SCZZ
7-115
RH-IX2232XHZZ
7-120
RHEDZ2062XHZZ
1-39
RMOTZ2145XHZZ
5-30
RR-TZ3017SCZZ
7-215
″
7-216
RR-TZ3018SCZZ
7-214
″
7-217
″
7-218
RR-TZ3029SCZZ
7-213
RRLYD3130SCZZ
7-220
RRLYD3433XHZZ
8-31
RTRNI2164XHZZ
8-79
RUNTZ2060XHZZ
1-43
[S]
SPAKA480AXHZZ
6-12
SPAKA481AXHZA
6-11
SPAKA489AXHZZ
6-10
SPAKA490AXHZZ
6-9
SPAKC320CXHTZ
6-1
SPAKC375CXHTZ
6-1
SPAKC400CXHTZ
6-1
SPAKP3385SCZZ
6-18
PRICE NEW PART
RANK MARK RANK
AH
AH
AE
AQ
AB
AH
AB
AD
AC
AE
AE
AD
AK
C
C
C
S
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
AR
AA
AB
AF
AC
AB
AB
AC
AD
AF
AG
AG
AG
AE
AD
AD
AK
AE
AC
AN
AF
AD
AG
AD
AC
AE
AC
AC
AF
AP
AP
AP
AP
AG
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
B
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
B
AG
AF
AE
AD
AF
BD
BD
BB
AK
BN
BA
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AB
AN
AH
AG
BK
N
N
AG
AG
AD
AD
N
N
N
AG
C
C
B
B
B
E
E
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
B
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
PARTS CODE
[T]
TCADH3090XHZZ
TCADZ2889XHZZ
TCADZ2891XHZZ
TCADZ3045XHZZ
TCADZ3142XHZZ
TCADZ3167XHZZ
TCADZ3168XHZZ
TINSE4176XHTZ
TINSK4189XHTZ
TINSS4204XHTZ
TLABH212AXHZZ
TLABH220AXHZZ
TLABH447BXHZZ
TLABH4751XHZZ
TLABH4752XHZZ
TLABH480AXHZA
TLABH4853XHZZ
TLABH4936XHZZ
TLABH4937XHZZ
TLABM342BXHZZ
TLABM403CXHZZ
TLABM417CXHZZ
[U]
UBATL2049SCZZ
[V]
VCCCCY1HH101J
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
VCCCCY1HH150J
VCCCCY1HH180J
VCCCCY1HH220J
″
VCCCCY1HH221J
″
VCCCCY1HH330J
″
VCEAGA0JW227M
″
″
VCEAGA1EW476M
″
VCEAGA1HW106M
″
″
″
″
VCEAGA1HW107M
″
VCEAGA1HW226M
″
″
″
″
″
VCEAGA1HW475M
VCKYCY1AF105Z
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
No.
6-30
6-25
6-26
6-27
6-24
6-31
6-32
6-3
6-3
6-3
6-22
6-22
6-28
6-4
6-6
6-4
6-21
6-4
6-21
6-29
6-17
6-17
PRICE NEW PART
RANK MARK RANK
AF
AE
AF
AD
AW
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
AU
AB
AC
AC
AB
AD
AC
AD
AZ
AD
N
N
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
7-1
AF
B
7-24
7-25
7-31
7-40
7-41
7-42
7-50
7-51
7-52
7-53
7-54
7-55
7-56
7-57
7-58
7-60
7-44
7-63
7-81
8-23
8-25
8-19
8-28
7-2
7-4
7-8
7-3
7-13
7-5
7-6
7-7
7-9
8-4
7-10
7-11
7-12
8-3
8-6
8-7
8-8
8-9
8-5
7-21
7-45
7-46
7-47
7-48
7-49
7-61
7-64
7-65
7-66
7-69
7-74
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AB
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AD
AD
AD
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AA
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
PARTS CODE
No.
VCKYCY1AF105Z
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
VCKYCY1CB104K
″
″
VCKYCY1EB393K
VCKYCY1EF104Z
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
VCKYCY1HB102K
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
VCKYCY1HB103K
″
VCKYCY1HB221K
VCKYCY1HB222K
″
VCKYCY1HB392K
VCKYCY1HB472K
VCKYCY1HB821K
VCKYPA1HB103K
VCKYTQ1HB102K
VCKYTV1CF105Z
″
VCKYTV1HF104Z
″
″
″
″
VHDDSS133//-1
″
VHDHRW0202B-1
VHD02DZ5R1Y-1
VHD1SS355//-1
″
″
″
VHEHZ2C1///-1
″
″
″
VHEHZ27-1//-1
VHE1N4748A/-1
VHIKID65001AP
7-75
7-76
7-77
7-78
7-80
7-82
7-83
7-86
7-88
7-89
7-90
7-91
7-94
7-95
7-73
7-92
7-93
8-14
7-14
7-15
7-17
7-23
7-27
7-29
7-39
7-59
7-62
7-70
7-71
7-72
7-97
8-13
8-22
7-18
7-19
7-20
7-26
7-32
7-33
7-34
7-35
7-36
7-37
7-38
7-87
8-16
8-18
8-24
7-43
7-79
7-22
8-11
8-12
8-17
7-28
8-30
8-10
8-15
8-20
8-21
7-16
7-96
8-26
8-27
8-29
8-35
8-36
7-111
7-112
7-107
7-108
7-109
7-110
8-82
8-83
8-85
8-86
8-84
7-106
7-116
– 15 –
PRICE NEW PART
RANK MARK RANK
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AB
AB
AB
AB
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AB
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AB
AB
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AD
AC
AB
AB
AB
AB
AA
AA
AA
AA
AB
AC
AE
N
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
PARTS CODE
No.
VHIKM29W040-1
VHINJM2113M-1
VHINJM2904M-2
″
VHISCE114V/-1
″
VHIW24L257S7L
VHI27020FQM0B
VHI27020FQN0B
VHI27020FQP0A
VHI62FP332P-1
VHPPC814X//-1
VHPSG206S//-1
″
VHPTLP521-1BL
VHVERZV5D471/
″
VHVRA391PV6-1
VRD-HT2EY300J
VRD-HT2EY910J
VRD-HT2HY223J
VRS-CY1JB000J
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
VRS-CY1JB102J
″
″
″
VRS-CY1JB103J
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
VRS-CY1JB104J
″
″
VRS-CY1JB105J
VRS-CY1JB106J
VRS-CY1JB113J
VRS-CY1JB121J
VRS-CY1JB125J
VRS-CY1JB151J
VRS-CY1JB152J
VRS-CY1JB153J
″
″
″
VRS-CY1JB154J
VRS-CY1JB164J
VRS-CY1JB203J
″
″
″
″
″
VRS-CY1JB222J
VRS-CY1JB223J
″
VRS-CY1JB224J
7-118
7-117
8-38
8-39
7-121
7-122
7-114
7-119
7-119
7-119
7-219
8-41
7-131
8-43
8-42
8-80
8-81
8-1
8-50
8-48
8-47
7-30
7-67
7-68
7-84
7-85
7-145
7-168
7-173
7-180
7-181
7-182
7-183
7-185
7-191
7-192
7-194
7-209
8-40
8-55
8-62
8-70
7-150
7-184
7-186
8-52
7-141
7-161
7-166
7-169
7-190
7-204
7-211
7-212
7-156
7-163
7-202
7-176
7-188
7-193
7-172
7-153
7-177
8-57
7-149
7-158
7-164
8-75
7-146
7-151
7-165
7-179
8-54
8-60
8-67
8-69
7-195
7-144
7-178
7-189
PRICE NEW PART
RANK MARK RANK
AV
AG
AG
AG
BQ
BQ
AC
N
N
N
N
N
AF
AE
AG
AG
AE
AC
AC
AE
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
PRICE NEW PART
RANK MARK RANK
PARTS CODE
No.
VRS-CY1JB224J
VRS-CY1JB271J
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
VRS-CY1JB300J
VRS-CY1JB301J
VRS-CY1JB302J
VRS-CY1JB332J
″
″
″
VRS-CY1JB334J
VRS-CY1JB393J
″
VRS-CY1JB433J
VRS-CY1JB471J
″
VRS-CY1JB472J
″
″
VRS-CY1JB473J
VRS-CY1JB474J
″
VRS-CY1JB512J
″
VRS-CY1JB513J
VRS-CY1JB562J
VRS-CY1JB621J
VRS-CY1JB623J
VRS-CY1JB754J
VRS-CY1JB822J
VRS-RE3AA102J
VRS-TS2AD000J
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
″
VRS-TS2AD101J
VRS-TS2AD102J
VRS-TS2AD150J
VRS-TS2AD151J
VRS-TS2AD221J
VRS-TS2AD223J
VRSTS2AD8662F
VSDTC143ZK/-1
″
VSKRC102S//-1
″
″
VSKRC106S//-1
VSKTA1504GR-1
VS2SC2412KR-1
VS2SC2412KS-1
[X]
XBBSD30P06000
XBPSN40P06K00
XEBSD20P06000
XEBSD30P08000
XEBSD30P10000
″
″
XHBSD30P05000
XHBSD30P06000
[0]
0CBLRZ6581ZN/
0CBLRZ6686ZQ/
8-74
7-139
7-143
7-147
7-159
7-160
7-162
7-167
7-170
7-174
7-175
7-187
7-197
7-140
8-68
7-157
8-63
8-64
8-73
8-76
7-152
7-201
8-72
8-61
7-196
7-198
7-200
7-203
8-65
8-78
7-154
7-171
7-142
8-56
7-205
7-199
8-58
7-148
7-155
8-71
8-49
7-123
7-124
7-125
7-126
7-129
7-130
7-138
7-207
7-208
7-210
8-59
8-77
7-127
8-53
7-206
8-51
8-66
8-45
8-46
7-134
7-135
7-136
7-133
7-132
8-44
7-137
AD
AC
AD
AB
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
1-B3
1-B4
3-B1
1-B7
1-B2
2-B2
5-B2
1-B5
1-B6
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
9-29
9-30
AQ
AQ
C
C
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AD
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AB
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AD
AD
N
N
N
N
PARTS CODE
0CBPCZ0273ZZ/
0CBPJCSX2501/
0CBPKZ0194ZZ/
0CBPZZ0906ZZ/
0CBUAC0034EZ/
″
0CBUAC0264AZ/
0CBUAG0161BZ/
0CBUBA0011AL/
0CBUBC0125DK/
″
″
″
0CBUBC0302AZ/
0CBUBC0336AZ/
0CBUBDAC6R2C/
0CBUBDAE300D/
0CBUBDBE4R3C/
0CBUCB0196AZ/
0CBUDC0062MZ/
0CBUEEB101CS/
0CBUEEB152CS/
0CBUEEB181CS/
0CBUEEB182CS/
0CBUEEB184CS/
0CBUEEB222CS/
0CBUEEB271CS/
0CBUEEB331CS/
0CBUEEB332CF/
″
0CBUEEB334CS/
0CBUEEB471CS/
0CBUEEB473CS/
″
0CBUEEB562CS/
0CBUEEB682CS/
0CBUEEB824CS/
0CBUEEC105CF/
0CBUEFDR15DB/
0CBUEZ0528ZZ/
0CBUFBA471CB/
0CBUGAE331TR/
0CBUGAE331TS/
0CBUGAL151SM/
0CBUGCD104AP/
″
0CBUGCM472BJ/
0CBUGCU471JE/
0CBUGFF102BQ/
″
0CBUGFF104BQ/
0CBUGFF152BQ/
0CBUGFF222BQ/
0CBUGFF331BQ/
0CBUGFF472KX/
0CBUGFM224KR/
0CBUKZ0960ZZ/
0CB829585033/
No.
9-16
9-25
9-17
9-26
9-34
9-35
9-33
9-32
9-22
9-18
9-19
9-20
9-21
9-24
9-23
9-60
9-59
9-58
9-27
9-31
9-54
9-47
9-42
9-51
9-38
9-50
9-46
9-39
9-52
9-53
9-48
9-44
9-41
9-43
9-40
9-49
9-37
9-36
9-45
9-56
9-57
9-8
9-7
9-2
9-9
9-11
9-6
9-3
9-12
9-14
9-10
9-13
9-4
9-15
9-5
9-1
9-28
9-55
– 16 –
PRICE NEW PART
RANK MARK RANK
AH
AH
AC
AH
AE
AE
AD
AQ
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AE
AL
AC
AD
AD
AR
AG
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AE
AD
AD
AF
AH
AL
AD
AD
AF
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AC
AD
AC
AF
AK
BE
C
A
C
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
PARTS CODE
No.
PRICE NEW PART
RANK MARK RANK
UX-465L/C
UX-485LU
COPYRIGHT © 2001 BY SHARP CORPORATION
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
No part of this publication may be reproduced,
stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in
any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,
photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without
prior written permission of the publisher.
SHARP CORPORATION
Communication Systems Group
Quality & Reliability Control Center
Higashihiroshima, Hiroshima 739-0192, Japan
Printed in Japan
A0101-1339DS•IS•T